You are on page 1of 376

Title

Author(s)

Elastic and elasto-plastic analysis of shear wall and core


wall structures

Kuang, Jun-shang.;

Citation

Issue Date

URL

Rights

1988

http://hdl.handle.net/10722/34712

The author retains all proprietary rights, (such as patent


rights) and the right to use in future works.

ELASTIC AND

ELASTO-PLASTIC

ANALYSIS

SHEAR

AND

STRUCTURES

WALL

CORE WALL

by
JUN SHANG KUANG

A thesis submitted to the University of Hong Kong


in partial fulfillment of the requirementsforthe degree of
Doctor of Philosophy

Department of Civil and Structural Engineering


University of Hong Koug
August, 1988

OF

DECLARATION

hereby

declare

that

the

thesis entitled

"Elastic

and

Elasto-Plastic Analysis of Shear Wall and Core Wall Structures"


has not been submitted in support of an application for another
degree,

diploma

or

qualif icett ion,

and

contains

no

material

published or written previously by another person, except where


due reference is made in the text.

Jun Shang K G

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The

author wishes to express his sincere gratitude to his

supervisor, Dr. H. C. Chan, for his enlightening

inspiration,

encouragement in times of trouble, invaluable counsel and personal


attention throughout the entire duration of the author's stay at
HKU.
Special appreciation is due to Professor Y. K. Cheung for his
encouragement, and to Professor

A. Coul 1 of the University of

Glasgow, Scotland, for his helpful suggestions while he was in


Hong Kong.
Grateful thanks are expressed to the members of staff of the
Structures Laboratory at the University of Hong Kong for their
assistance in performing the experiments.
Thanks are extended to Miss Donna Kirby and Miss Jean Chow
for reading the proofs.
The author also would like to thank the University of Hong
Kong for providing
Assistantship.

the Postgraduate Studentship

and Research

ABSTRACT OF THESIS ENTITLED:

"ELASTIC AND ELASTO-PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF


SHEARWALL AND CORE WALL STRUCTURES"

submitted by Jun Shang Kuang


f o r the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
at the U n i v e r s i t y of Hong Kong i n August of 1988

i i i

ABSTRACT

In the present work, e l a s t i c and e l a s t o p l a s t i c analyses of


s t i f f e n e d coupled shear w a l l s , noncollinear shear wall systems
and

threedimensional regular

a c t i o n of l a t e r a l
approach.

Vlasov's

wall

structures under the

loads are performed by use of the continuum

Elastic

structures

shear

and e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

subjected to t o r s i o n
thin-wal led

beam

behaviour o f core

i s also

theory

studied

by

i n conjunction

wall

employing
with

the

continuous medium technique.


A

method of a n a l y s i s

i s derived f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the

s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of s t i f f e n e d coupled shear walls supported on


a r i g i d or f l e x i b l e foundation. The r e s u l t s of a n a l y s i s show that
considerable b e n e f i c i a l e f f e c t s on the behaviour of coupled shear
w a l l s can be achieved with the i n s t a l l a t i o n of a s t i f f e n i n g beam
placed at i t s optimum p o s i t i o n .

By introducing p l a s t i c hinges and

considering the d u c t i l i t y requirement of the structure during the


process of loading, the analysis i s extended to deal with the
e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour of coupled shear w a l l s .

A set of design

charts i s also presented f o r the evaluation of e l a s t i c and elasto


p l a s t i c coupled shear walls with or without s t i f f e n i n g beams.
The
by

i n v e s t i g a t i o n of noncollinear s t r u c t u r a l walls coupled

EL cross wall

or l i n t e l

beams

coupling to be a shear medium.

i s made by considering the

The r e s u l t s of analysis indicate

that the s u b s t a n t i a l gains i n l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s and strength can


be s u c c e s s f u l l y achieved i n the o f f s e t

i v

but p a r a l l e l

structural

wall systems due t o the consideration of the coupling.


An e f f e c t i v e and simple method i s proposed

t o t a c k l e the

problem of the threedimensional shear wall structure comprising a


combination

of at set of

independent

cores.

identical

coupled

For the s i m p l i f i c a t i o n

shear

walls

of a n a l y s i s , the

threedimensional structure can e f f e c t i v e l y transformed


equivalent
analysis

planar
into

system,
single

and

then

coupled

further

shear

geometrical and s t r u c t u r a l parameters.


re-distribution

between

two

and

into an

transformed f o r

wall

with

modified

The c h a r a t e r i s t i c s of load

different

types

of

structural

components i n e l a s t i c and e l a s t o p l a s t i c stages i s also studied.


Based cm Vlasov's thin-walled beam theory i n a s s o c i a t i o n with
continuum

approach,

more

refined

perforated core s t r u c t u r e s i s developed.

torsional

analysis

of

Having taken account of

the shear deformation and the e f f e c t i v e s h i f t of the shear centre


of

the crosssect i o n ,

the analysis

provides a more r a t i o n a l

assessment of t o r s i o n a l s t i f f n e s s of core wall structures.


analysis

also

connecting

enables

the spreading of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n

medium t o be traced

throughout

process from working load t o ultimate

the e n t i r e

The

of the
loading

load.

An experimental investigaticm on three reducedscale micro


concrete

shear

experimental
results,

wal 1

evidence

but also

models

i s conducted

to

provide

the

not only f o r v e r i f y i n g the t h e o r e t i c a l

f o r a r r i v i n g at EL better

understanding of

r e a l i s t i c behaviour of reinforced concrete shear wall structures.

CONTENTS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

DECLARATION

i i

ABSTRACT

iv

CHAPTER

PAGE

1. INTRODUCTION
1. 1
1.2

Object and Scope

Review of Previous Research

2. ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF STIFFENED COUPLED SHEAR WALLS


2. 1

Introductory Remarks

10

2.2

Method of Analysis

13

2.3

Presentation o f Design Charts and Numerical Example . . . .

26

2.3.1

Design Charts

26

2.3.2

Numerical Example

31

2.4

3.

10

E f f e c t of S t i f f e n i n g Beam on Coupled Shear Walls

33

ELASTO-PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF COUPLED SHEAR WALLS

75

3. 1

Introductory Remarks

75

3.2

E l a s t o - P l a s t i c Behaviour

78

3.2.1

Threeregion Case with P l a s t i c Central Region


3.2.1.1

A x i a l force i n walls and laminar shear

3.22

Lateral d e f l e c t i o n o f walls

3.23

D u c t i l i t y requirement and l i m i t a t i o n

vi

. . . 80
. .

80
87

. . . 92

3.24

3.3

4.

96

3.2.2

Two-region Case with P l a s t i c Upper Region

97

3.2.3

Two-region Case with P l a s t i c Lower Region

104

Presentat ion of Design Charts and Numerical Example . . . . 110


3.3.1

Design Charts

110

3.3.2

Numerical Example

115

3.4

E f f e c t of Deformable Foundations

116

3.5

E f f e c t of S t i f f e n i n g Beam

118

N0N-C0IXINEAR SHEAR WAIXS COUPLED BY CROSS WA1X AND LINTEL BEAMS 150
4. 1

Introductory Remarks

150

4.2

Non-Collinear Shear Walls Coupled by Cross Wall

151

4.2.1

Method of Analysis

151

4.2.2

Parametric Investigation

161

4.3

4.4

5.

Method of s o l u t i o n

Ncm-Collinear Shear Walls Coupled by Cross L i n t e l Beams . . 166


4.3.1

Method of Analysis

166

4.3.2

E l a s t o - p l a s t i c Behaviour

Numerical I n v e s t i g a t i o n

169
170

THREE-DIMENSIONAL REGULAR SHEAR WALL STRUCTURES

198

5.1

Introductory Remarks

198

5.2

Method of Analysis

200

5.2.1

LAimped Coupled Shear Wall

202

5.2.2

I n t e r a c t i o n of LAimped Shear Wall and Lumped Indepen-

5.2.3

dent Wall

207

L a t e r a l D e f l e c t i o n of Equivalervt Structure

213

v i i

5.3

5.4

E l a s t o - P l a s t i c Behaviour

215

5.3.1

Three-region Case with P l a s t i c Central Region

5.3.2

Tworegion Case with P l a s t i c Upper Region

. . . 216
219

Numerical I n v e s t i g a t i o n

220

6. ELASTIC AND ELASTO-PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF CORE-WALX STRUCTURES

. . 244

6.1

Introductory Remarks

244

6.2

Closed Section Analogy

246

6.2.1

Restraining

Action of Bracings on Thin-walled Open

Sections
6.2.2

6.2.3
6.3

6.4

7.

247

Generalized S e c t o r i a l Moment of I n e r t i a and Modified


Saint-Venant Torsion Constant

254

Governing Equation

25S

E l a s t o - P l a s t i c Behaviour

259

6.3.1

Rotation o f Structure and Boundary o f P l a s t i c i t y . 260

6.3.2

Method o f S o l u t i o n

263

6.3.3

D u c t i l i t y Requirement

264

Numerical I n v e s t i g a t i o n

267

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION

284

7.1

Introductory Remarks

284

7.2

Outline o f Experimental Program

286

7.3

Microconcrete Mix Design

288

7.4

Test Specimens and Test Procedure

290

7.4.1

D e s c r i p t i o n o f Specimens

290

7.4.2

D e s c r i p t i o n o f Tests

292

7.5

Observed Behaviour and Discussion o f Test Results

v i i i

294

8. CONCLUSION

336

8. 1

Conclusion

336

8.2

Recommendation f o r Further Investigations

341

REFERENCES

347

APPENDIX
I

Expression of S t r u c t u r a l C o e f f i c i e n t s To

II

Expression of IntegraUon Constants


F,(z',z,) and F,(z,'z,)

361

To C 2 And Functions
362

i x

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1-1

OBJECTSCOPE

In most o f the famous i n t e r n a t i o n a l c i t i e s , s c a r c i t y of f l a t


land

and a huge population

b u i l d i n g higher and higher.

have set the i n e v i t a b l e trend of


The r e s u l t i s that more and more t a i l

b u i l d i n g s have been constructed.

In t a l l

buildings,

reinforced

concrete shear wall and core wall structures are commonly employed
as

an

efficient

meatus

f o r providing

the required

r e s i s t a n c e against wind and earthquake.

lateral

This type o f structure

has been wellrecognized as one of the most e f f i c i e n t s t r u c t u r a l


systems f o r such purpose.
During the l a s t two decades numerous studies on the e l a s t i c
a n a l y s i s o f shear wall and core wall structures have been c a r r i e d
out.

At the same time, the continual

concepts

of shear

wall

structures

configurations

o f these

structures,

shear

i n which

walls,

improvement on the design


leads
such

stiffening

to more

effective

as s t i f f e n e d coupled

beam

or belt

truss i s

incorporated

at some l e v e l , y i e l d i n g a considerable increase i n

the

stiffness

lateral

bending stresses
regions,

of the structure

i n the w a l l s .

and reduction

in

the

On the other hand, i n seismic

a knowledge of the i n e l a s t i c

behaviour

strength o f a structure becomes d e s i r a b l e .

and ultimate

I t i s also important

i n view of the trend towards l i m i t state methods of s t r u c t u r a l


design.

However,

performed
wal1

r e l a t i v e l y few

investigations

have

been

on the p o s t e l a s t i c behaviour of shear wall and core

structures.
The o v e r a l l objective of the present research i s devoted to

the study of e l a s t i c and e l a s t o - p l a s t i c behaviuor of v a r i e t i e s of


shear wall and core wall structures,
shear

walIs

non-collinear

shear

such as s t i f f e n e d coupled
wall

systems,

and

three

dimensional regular shear wall structures under l a t e r a l loads, and


perforated cores under applied torques.
Based on the continuum approach, a method of analysis i s
derived i n Chapter 2 f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of
stiffened

coupled

shear

walls,

s t i f T e n i n g beam positioned
structure.

The b e n e f i c i a l

which

are strengthened

by a

at some l e v e l i n the height of the


effect

of the s t i f f e n i n g beam on

coupled shear w a l l s , and the favourable locations f o r i n s t a l l i n g


the s t i f f e n i n g beam t o achieve the optinmum s t r u c t u r a l behaviour
are presented.

A set of design charts i s also presented to make

a v a l l a b l e f o r the evaluation

of the i n t e r n a l forces

and l a t e r a l

deflections.
Chpater 3 deals with the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis of coupled
shear w a l l s .

The a n a l y s i s

i s based on an incomplete

failure

mechanism and focused on the d u c t i l i t y requirement of the coupling


beams. The e f f e c t s of deformable foundations and s t i f f e n i n g beams
on the e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour of coupled shear walls are also
studied.

A number of design curves are given t o determine the

d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r , the p o s i t i o n of i n t e r f a c e between the e l a s t i c

and

the p l a s t i c regions,

and

the

i n t e r n a l forces as well as

the

stresses i n the s t r u c t u r a l elements.


Chapter 4 presents the analysis of non-col1inear shear walls
coupled

by

planar

cross

wall

or

by

lintel

beams.

achievement of s u b s t a n t i a l gains i n l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s and


for

nonco11inear

structural

walls

demonstrated i n the i n v e s t i g a t i o n .

due

to

the

s t i f f n e s s and

the

strength

coupling

is

The analysis provides a useful

guide to engineers f o r assessing the amount of the


lateral

The

decrease

increase

i n bending stresses

of

in
the

structure.
In Chapter 5 the continuum approach i s extended to cover the
elastic

and

e l a s t o p l a s t i c analysis

wall s t r u c t u r e s

of

three-dimentional

shear

comprising a combination of a set of i d e n t i c a l

coupled shear walls and cantilevered cores.


simple method i s proposed to tackle the

A very e f f i c i e n t

problem.

and

Considerable

r e - d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a t e r a l forces between the two d i f f e r e n t types


of s t r u c t u r a l components i s demonstrated through the a n a l y s i s

and

numerical examples.
In Chapter 6 e f f o r t s are devoted to the development of
more r e f i n e d

torsional analysis

of perforated

core

structures.

Based on Vlasov's thinwalled beam theory i n conjunction with the


coritinuum approach, a generalized s e c t o r i a l moment of i n i t i a and a
modified St. Venant t o r s i o n a l constant are presented f o r providing
a more r a t i o n a l assessment of t o r s i o n a l s t i f f n e s s of core wall
structures.

The

v e r s a t i l i t y and

accuracy of the proposed method

are also proved by the r e s u l t s of the a n a l y s i s .


elastoplastic

analysis

presented

i n Chapter 3

In a d d i t i o n , the
i s extended

to

cover the p o s t e l a s t i c a n a l y s i s of perforated core s t r u c t u r e s .


Chapter

describes

the experimental

investigation

reducedscale microconcrete shear wall models.

on

The objective of

the t e s t s i s t o provide the experimental evidence not only f o r


verifying

the t h e o r e t i c a l

results

obtained

from

the previous

chapters, but also f o r a r r i v i n g at a better understanding of the


r e a l i s t i c behaviour o f reinforced concrete shear wall structures.
The conclusion o f the present work and the recoendsition f o r
f u r t h e r development are given i n Chapter 8.

1.2

REVIEW OF PREVIOUS RESEARCH

During the l a s t two decades, many studies on the analysis of


shear w a l l and core w a l l structures have been c a r r i e d out, and i n
the process several techniques f o r p r a c t i c a l analysis have been
developed.

No attempt

investigations.

will

be made to c i t e a l l such reported

Only a few o f the e a r l y and d i r e c t l y applicable

studies are ref erred to here.


A t y p i c a l and e f f e c t i v e approach to t a c k l e the shear
problems i s the continuum method.

wall

I n t h i s method the discrete

system o f connections formed by l i n t e l

beams o r f l o o r slabs i s

replaced

medium

by a

stiffness.

continuous

connecting

with

The technique appears to have been f i r s t employed f o r

the a n a l y s i s of b u i l d i n g frames by C h i t t y and Wan


developments

were

extended t h i s
alteraative

equivalent

due mainly

to Beck[

23

Further
33

and Rosan[ who

i d e a l i z a t i o n t o analyze coupled shear walls with

foundation conditions under the a c t i o n

of l a t e r a l

loads.

By

considering

separately

the

cantilever action

of

i n d i v i d u a l walls and the composite c a n t i l e v e r a c t i o n of two w a l l s ,


Coull

'

presented

form

of

graphical charts which enable a rapid evaluation of stresses

and

deflections

of

the

continuum

solutions

coupled shear walls to be

design o f f i c e s .

in

the

achieved f o r use

in

He l a t e r extended the continuous medium technique

to take account of the shearing def ormat ions of the wal I s

E63

and

to cover the case of the v a r i a t i o n of geometry with the s t r u c t u r a l


17

height, such as the abrupt changes of e i t h e r the wall thickness ]


or

the

cross

sections

By

considering

both

vertical

and

[9 j
r o t a t i o n a l displacements of foundations, Coull
this

method to

i n v e s t i g a t e the

behaviour

coupled shear w a l l s supported on f l e x i b l e


In a d d i t i o n , c o n s i d e r a t i o n has

and Tso

of

used

laterally

loaded

foundations.

been given by C o u l l to

the

p o s s i b i l i t y of employing st top s t i f f e n i n g beam to strengthen


system of

12

l i n k e d shear w a l l s [ " ' or coupled shear w a l l s "

to reduce both l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s and

the
3 15]

bending s t r e s s e s , and

to
[16]

increase the natural frequency of v i b r a t i o n .


later

invest igated

i n detai1

the

effect

Chan and

Kuang

of a st i f f e n i n g beam,

which i s placed somewhere along the s t r u c t u r a l height, on coupled


shear w a l l s .

The

optimal

l o c a t i o n s of the s t i f f e n i n g beam f o r

achieving the greatest b e n e f i c i a l e f f e c t s on s t r u c t u r a l behaviour


were

presented

investigations

in

the

mentioned

investigation.
above

are

However,

based

on

all

linear

the

elastic

p r o p e r t i e s of the s t r u c t u r a l members.
The

pioneer

researchers

worked

a n a l y s i s of coupled shear w a l l s are

on

the

Winokur

ultimate
and

Gluck[

strength
173

By

using

the continuous

medium technique, they assumed that

the

ultimate strength of a coupled shear wall i s based on a complete


f a i l u r e mechanism, which

involves the formation of one

hinge at the base of each wall and

plastic

p l a s t i c hinges at both ends

of a l l coupling beams. The formation requires that coupling beams


possess a considerably

high degree of d u c t i l i t y .

Paulay[

183

used

the laminae method to trace the f a i l u r e mechanism of coupled shear


w a l l s under monotonically increasing loads by introducing p l a s t i c
hinges at the ends of each lamina and at the base of the wal Is
during the process of loading.

He also investigated the effect of

cracking on the behaviour of coupled shear walls

, the nature

of the i n t e r a c t i o n between f l e x u r e and shear, and the


capacity of the coupling beams

'

Paulay

dutility

showed that the

d i a g o n a l l y r e i n f o r c e d coupling beams of shear walls possess very


high d u c t i l i t y .

He

l a t e r performed a s e r i e s of t e s t s to study

deeply the d u c t i l e behaviour, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of energy

absorption

and f a i l u r e mechanism of coupled shear w a l l s .


With the demand of d u c t i l i t y i n mind, Gluck
elastoplastic
contimmm

analysis

approach.

of
The

coupled
proposed

shear

walls

analysis

developed an
by

employing

i s based

on

an

incomplete f a i l u r e mechanism i n which p l a s t i c hinges at both ends


of

lEtminae may

be formed over a part of the structure but the

w a l l s behave e l a s t i c a l l y .
walls

depends on

beams.

the

The ultimate strength of coupled shear

limitsttion of d u c t i l i t y

of the

coupling

As a r e s u l t t he anal ys i s enabl es the behavi our of the

s t r u c t u r e to be traced from working to ultimate load.


Pekau and

Gocevski

[25 26

'

presented

an

approximate

elasto-

p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s of coupled shear w a l l s .

In t h i s a n a l y s i s , i t i s

assumed that the d i s t r i b u t i o n of laminar shear i n e l a s t i c regions


at

elastoplastic

stage

has

corresponding e l a s t i c stage.

the

same

pattern

as

that

at

To obtain an a l t e r n a t i v e r a p i d but

more approximate e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis of coupled shear w a l l s ,


C o u l l and Choo

treated that the laminar shear flow i n e l a s t i c

zones at the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c stage has a l i n e a r v a r i a t i o n .

With

the approximation of a t r i l i n e a r d i s t r i b u t i o n of laminar shear,


Chan and Kuang
coupled

shear

foundation.

invest igsited the case where an e l a s t o - p l a s t i c


wall

structure

is

supported

on

flexible

Since the f l e x i b i l i t y properties of a foundation have

been incorporated from the outset i n the s o l u t i o n process, the


a n a l y s i s i s a convenient

tool

f o r assessing the

elastoplastic

performance of coupled shear w a l l s i n general foundation cases*


In

addition,

Coull

developed

an

effective

method f o r the a n a l y s i s of threedimensional


assemblies

of coupled

shear

walls a c t i n g

r e l a t i v e l y s t i f f s e r v i c e cores.

and

simple

regular symmetric

i n conjunction with

The two d i f f e r e n t components are

constrained to act together by the set of f l o o r s l a b s , which


be t r e a t e d as an e f f e c t i v e pin-ended connecting medium.

may

Based on

the continuum approach, closed form s o l u t i o n s to the problem are


r e a d i l y achieved by using an equivalent planar s t r u c t u r e .

He[

extended t h i s concept to t a c k l e the problem of the d i s t r i b u t i o n of


lateral

loads i n the s t r u c t u r e s comprising shear cores, coupled

w a l l s and r i g i d l y Jointed

frames.
31

On the other hand, the studies by Michael ,Rosinan


Tso

[333

have

been

carried

out

to

investigate

the

323

and

torsional

behaviour

of core

wall

structures.

In these

studies,

i tis

assumed that the cores behave as thin-walled e l a s t i c beams of open


sections.
of

The t o r s i o n a l s t i f f n e s s of the cores, and the magnitude

warping s t r e s s e s , w i l l be modified by the bending actions of

the l i n t e l beams and f l o o r slabs.

With the presumption of a f i x e d

p o s i t i o n of a shear center f o r the c r o s s - s e c t i o n a s o l u t i o n was


achieved

by using

conjunction

with

Vlasovs

theory

continuum

34

of thin-walled

approach.

beam[ i n

Rutenberg

and

Tso

C353

extended t h i s technique t o take account of the shear deformation


of channel w a l l s .
Khan and Stafford-Smith

[36

] using Vlasov's theory presented

equivalent c l o s e d s e c t i o n formulations f o r t o r s i o n a l analysis of


core wall s t r u c t u r e s .

The e f f e c t i v e s h i f t of the shear center of

the s e c t i o n was taken into account.

Based on Vlasov's thinwalled

beam theory i n a s s o c i a t i o n with the c o n t i n u a p p r o a c h , Chan and


37

Kuang[ r e c e n t l y proposed a more r e f i n e d theory cm the analysis


of perforated cores subjected to applied torques.

By considering

the shear deformation and the s h i f t of the shear center of the


c r o s s s e c t i o n , the warping t o r s i o n a l s t i f f n e s s and the S t . Venant
torsion

constant

may

be accurately estimated, r e s u l t i n g

in a

r a t i o n a l assessment of t o r s i o n a l behavior of core wall s t r u c t u r e s .


Moreover,

KancM

and

Dar

employed

the

foldedplate

approach, a l l i e d t o the use of the continuous medium technique to


define the r e s t r a i n i n g a c t i o n of the l i n t e l

beams, to study the

t o r s i o n a l behaviour of core wall s t r u c t u r e s .

Coull extended t h i s

basic

analysis

deforble

[39]

t o cover

the cases

and the core consists

where

the foundations are

of m u l t i - c e l l s

403

and to

tackle

the

problem

of

elasto-plastic

subjected to applied torques

analysis

CHAPTER 2

ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF STIFFENED COUPLED SHEAR WALLS

2.1

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

In multi-storey b u i l d i n g s , coupled shear walls are considered


to be a very e f f i c i e n t

s t r u c t u r a l system t o r e s i s t horizontal

forces caused by wind or earthquake.


horizontal
developed

loads,

bending

i n the w a l l s .

Under the a c t i o n of external

moments of large

magnitude may be

However, the coupling

l i n t e l beams w i l l induce a x i a l forces i n two w a l l s .

e f f e c t of the
As a r e s u l t ,

the large bending momeiits i n the walls can then be s u b s t a n t i a l l y


reduced by the couple of the a x i a l forces i n the w a l l s , which has
a r e l a t i v e l y large lever arm.

This a c t i o n i s e s p e c i a l l y e f f e c t i v e

when the dead weight of the structure cannot provide

sufficient

compressive s t r e s s t o overcome the t e n s i l e s t r e s s caused by the


external f o r c e s .

The coupling s t i f f n e s s has a great influence on the magnitude


of the shear forces i n the coupling beams, the a x i a l forces and
the bending moments i n the w a l l s .

Coupled shear walls with weak

connection act as two separate c a n t i l e v e r walls and experience low


shear forces

i n the l i n t e l

beams, low a x i a l

forces

and high

bending moments i n the two w a l l s , whereas coupled shear walls with


strong connection behave l i k e a monolithic c a n t i l e v e r and s u f f e r

10

r e l a t i v e l y high shear forces i n the l i n t e l

beams, higher

forces and lower bending moments i n the w a l l s .

axial

The magnitudes of

the reduction i n shear forces and top d r i f t , and the increase i n


a x i a l force depend mainly cm the r e l a t i v e f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t y of the
l i n t e l beams.
In

the a n a l y s i s of t h i s

assumed that
distributed

type of s t r u c t u r e ,

the cormection between s o l i d

walls

i t i s mostly
i s uniformly

along the height of the coupled shear w a l l s .

That

means l i n t e l beams are taken to be evenly spaced and of the same


section.

In a c o o n r e s i d e n t i a l or o f f i c e b u i l d i n g , usually the

depth of a l i n t e l beam cannot be too deep because i t i s l i m i t e d by


the

d i f f e r e n c e between the f l o o r to f l o o r height and the f l o o r

c l e a r height; hence the l i n t e l beams cannot be very s t i f f .

As a

r e s u l t , the coupling e f f e c t of the l i n t e l beams on shear walls may


not

be s u f f i c i e n t l y predominant stnd therefore the maximum l a t e r a l

deflection

at the top and the f l e x u r a l

bottom of the p i e r s may become excessive.


neccessary to insert

bending moments at the


Hence, i t i s sometimes

some form of s t i f f e n i n g element, such as a

deep beain or a r i g i d t r u s s ,

somewhere along the height of the

w a l l s to enhance the coupling effect of the normal l i n t e l beams.


A suitable position

f o r the s t i f f e n i n g beam can be conveniently

located at the top of the b u i l d i n g ,

at the podium l e v e l or at an

intermediate l e v e l reserved f o r b u i l d i n g services or f o r safety


purposes, and sometimes at the bottom l e v e l i f the foundation i s
flexible.

11

The i n s e r t i o n of a s t i f f e n i n g beam or t r u s s between two s o l i d


walls
Coul l

y
[ 1 1

'

1 3 3

affect

the

C o u l

structural
[
Low

anci

14

invest igatecl coupled shear walls

behaviour

a n d

C o u l

considerably.

hoo [
C

153

s t i f f e n e d by a top and/or a

bottom s t i f f e n i n g beeon and have proved that

the presence of a

s t i f f e n i n g beam could increase the s t i f f n e s s of the structure and


reduce the bending stresses i n the w a l l s .
could

also

be a f f e c t e d

stiffening

beam.

outrigger-braced
Stafford
Moudarres

Smith
and

significantly

Analogous

The s t r u c t u r a l actions

by the l o c a t i o n of the

studies

on

belt

truss

42

structures by Taranath[ ], McNabb and Muvdi


and

Salim["],

Coull

Rutenberg

indicated

s t i f f e n e r s f o r reducing the d r i f t
16

Recently, Chan and Kuang[ '4

7]

the

and

optimal

45

463

Tal ' ,
positions

and
[43]

and
of

at the top of the structure.

investigated i n d e t a i l the e f f e c t

of a s t i f f e n i n g beam on coupled shear w a l l s .


This chapter describes

an approach employed i n the analysis

of s t i f f e n e d coupled shear w a l l s , strengthened by a s t i f f e n i n g


beam, on r i g i d and f l e x i b l e foundations, and the behaviour of such
a

structure

under

lateral

loading.

The

influence

of the

s t i f f e n i n g beam on the i n t e r n a l forces and l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n of


the

structure

i s also

investigated.

Moreover, i t i s going to

i n d i c a t e that the incorporation of a s t i f f e n i n g beam to coupled


shear walls can produce more than 10 percent reduction

i n the

shear force of the l i n t e l beams and the base moment i n the w a l l s ,


and at least 15 percent reduction i n the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at the
top, as compared with the one without a s t i f f e n i n g beam.
favourable

positions

of the s t i f f e n i n g

12

The most

beam f o r achieving the

maximum reduction i n the top d e f l e c t i o n , the bending moments i n


the w a l l s at the base l e v e l and

the shear forces i n the

lintel

beams, are also presented.


On the other hand, a set of comprehensive design charts i s
provided

f o r the

manual evaluation of the

internal

forces

l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s of the s t i f f e n e d coupled shear w a l l s .

and
All

q u a n t i t i e s i n the charts are expressed i n nondimeiisiorml form and


given

with

two

dimensionless

incorporate a l l the

structural

geometrical

and

which

material properties of

s t r u c t u r e , so that the design charts may


p r a c t i c a l designers.

parameters,

the

be conveniently used by

S i m i l a r design charts are also presented by

Chan and Kuang i n reference [48

2.2

METHOD OF ANALYSIS

Consider a coupled shear wall system with a s t i f f e n i n g beam


at l e v e l h

between two w a l l s , r e s t i n g on a f l e x i b l e foundation as

shown i n F i g 2

Based cm the continuum approach of a n a l y s i s ,

d i s c r e t e sets of l i n t e l beams above and below the s t i f f beam are


replaced

by a continuous d i s t r i b u t i o n of medium or a set

laminae with equivalent s t i f f n e s s .


deflect

equally

because

of

the

of

I t i s assumed that both walls


high

axial

stiffness

of

the

coupling beams, so that the l i n t e l beams and s t i f f e n i n g beam w i l l


d e f l e c t with a point of contraflexure at the mid-span p o s i t i o n .
It

i s also true

that

the

c e n t r e l i n e of

the

laminae passes

through the points of contraflexure of the l i n t e l beams. A cut i s


made

a l ong

t he

1 i ne

of

cont raf 1 exure,

13

and

cont i nuous

d i s t r i b u t i o n of shear force along the cut i s released ( F i g . 2.2a).


Let q denote the shear flow per unit height, assuming that the
structure
loads,

i s subjected

to the three

namely, uniformly

kinds

of t y p i c a l

d i s t r i b u t e d load,

upper

lateral

triangularly

d i s t r i b u t e d load and a concentrated load acting at the top of the


structure.

The

compat i b i 1 i t y

cons i derat i on

of the vert i c a l

displacements above and below the s t i f f e n i n g beam requires that

1A

1 A

5F

hb q
12EIl b
b

1IE

12EI.

5F

hs
f
' -s = 0
Ta dx +
T
b dx
h
"
.
x

T dx s = 0
_b

(2. 1)

(2.2)

where i s the distance between centre*idal axes of walls;

A, and
1

A are the crosssection areas of Wall 1 and Wall 2 respectively;


h i s the height of storey;
beams;

^ i s the second moment of area of l i n t e l beams;

e l a s t i c modulus of walls;
at

b i s the c l e a r span length of l i n t e l


E i s the

s i s the r e l a t i v e settlement of walls

foundEttion;

y , q T , and y q^ L are the l a t e r a l


a
a
a
b
b
b
d e f l e c t i o n , the lstminar shear and the a x i a l force r e s p e c t i v e l y i n
the walls above and below l e v e l h .
s

The successive terms denote the r e l a t i v e displacement at the


cut due to bending of the w a l l s deformation of the laminae, a x i a l
deformation of the walls and the r e l a t i v e

vertical

settlement.
The momentcurvature r e l a t i o n s h i p s of the walls are

14

foundation

Me = EI

^2 +
dx
d

Me = EI

where

I = I,+ I
1

CT

(h
s x
S

H)

(2.3

h
^2 +
dx

(2.4)

(0 x s hs )

The a x i a l forces T

T =

and T L are given r e s p e c t i v e l y by


b

q dx

(2.5)

T = q dx + V + q dx
b J^ a
m J b

(2.6)

where V m i s the shear force i n the s t i f f e n i n g beam.


Considering the c o m p a t i b i l i t y at the point of contraflexure
of the s t i f f e n i n g beam,
V b

and by equating the corresponding terms i n Eq. (2.1) when x=hs the
shear force i n the s t i f f e n i n g beam can be represented by

V - S H q ( h ) = S H

q L (h )

(2.8)

where q (h ) and q (h ) are the laminar shear flows at x=h ;


3 s
b s
s

S
n

i s the r e l a t i v e f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t y of the s t i f f e n i n g beam given by

15

s =

E I
EILn
b

(2.9)

i n which n = H/h may be considered as the number of s t o r i e s .


Because a s t i f f e n i n g beam has a r e l a t i v e l y large depth, the
influence of shearing deformation i n the s t i f f e n i n g beam should
not be neglected and may be included by using an e f f e c t i v e moment
of i n e r t i a , I , given by

~
i

s
G

(2.10)

where i s the true moment of i n e r t i a of the s t i f f e n i n g beam; E


and G are Young, s modulus and the shear modulus; fx i s the shear
deformation c o e f f i c i e n t f o r crosssect ion and normally taken as
1.2 f o r st rectangular section;

i s the depth and b

i s the

e f f e c t i v e c l e a r span of the s t i f f e n i n g beam, taken at h a l f of the


depth of the beam from each end (Fig. 2.2b) allowing f o r the fact
that the rigid-end condition could not p o s s i b l y occur immediately
at the j u n c t i o n of the wall and the beam

The laminar shear flow i n t e n s i t y q and the a x i a l force T are


r e l a t e d by

D i f f e r e n t i a t i n g Eqs.(2.1) and (2.2), and combining Eqs.(2.3)


(2.4) and (2.11) t o eliminate the v a r i a b l e s y and q y i e l d s the
governing d i f f e r e n t i a l equations f o r the a x i a l force T:

16

a'T

(2.12)

= -

dx'

, a tD = -

(2.13)

dx d

where
a =

121
hb

A = A + A
1 2

AI

(2.14)

(2.15)

and

I = I + I
1
:

(2.16)

For the three types of loading considered, namely an upper


t r i a n g u l a r d i s t r i b u t e d load, a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d load, and a
concentrated load at top, the external moment i s given by

M = ^ (2H - 3H x + x ) + g (H - x ) + P(H - x)
e
6H
2
On s o l v i n g the governing Equations

(2.12) and

(2.17)

(2.13), the

complete s o l u t i o n s can be found as:

T = B.cosh ccx + C,sinh ax + ^


3
1

17

wx

(M
a

a H

(2.18)

= B,cosh ax + C^sinh
2

where B [ B C

and C

wx

(2,19)

are the i n t e g r a t i o n constants, and can be

determined by considering the boundary conditions i n the problem.


By s u b s t i t u t i n g x=0 into Eq. (2.19) the a x i a l force i n the walls
at the base l e v e l can be obtained as:

I* =

H + J H

+ PH + ; )
a

(2.20)

The corresponding expressions f o r the laminar shear above and


below the p o s i t i o n of the s t i f f e n i n g beam can then be derived by
using Eq.(2.10) and are given as follows:

q_ =

B asinh ax + C acosh ax + L
a

,
B ocsinh ax + C acosh coc + L

dM
5ST

2H

(H -

+ u(H -

dM
(
dx

w
+

dM
w
( i + ~~^~)
<ix a H

(2.21)

a H

+ P

(2.22)

2.23)

At the top of the s t r u c t u r e , x=H,


a x i a l force i n the walls i s equal to zero, that i s

18

the

(2.24)

T (H) = 0

S u b s t i t u t i n g T (H)-0 into Eq.(2.18 r e s u l t s i n

B- -

C,tanh ccH + / i
1
1

(2.25)

whsrs
y(w + u)
=

cosh aH

The boundary c o n d i t i o n at l e v e l h

f o r the a x i a l forces of
s

the w a l l s i s
T (h ) + V = T j h )
a s
m
b s

(2.26)

(2.27)

and hence

B M
12

1 3

+ B,cosh ax' + C,sinh ah


2
1
2
s

/i = cosh ah

S aH s i n h ah

/i = s i n h ah

- S aH cosh ah

g
2 (H - h s - 4 2) +H

19

- hs ) + PH

Eq-(2.8) gives
q (h ) = q h )
s s
b s
Thus, s u b s t i t u t i n g

Eqs.(2.21) and

(2.28)

(2.22) into Eq.(2.28)

and

s i m p l i f y i n g gives
(B- - B") tanh cth = C - C
1 2
s
2
1
Considering
x==0

the c o m p a t i b i l i t y

(2.29)

Eq.(2.2) at the base

level,

i t can be expressed as

= q
12EI

where the base r o t a t i o n 6

- s = 0

(2.30)

and the r e l a t i v e settlement s of the

w a l l s at the foundation are given by

i n which, M

and T

M
e0 = ^

(2.m)

s =

2.32)

represent the moment and the a x i a l force of


f

the walls at the base l e v e l ;

and K

and K

are r o t a t i o n a l and

t r a n s l a t i o n a l e l a s t i c s t i f f n e s s of s o i l foundation.

The values of

K and Kg f o r t y p i c a l s o i l s can be found i n Reference [50].


Substituting

Eqs-(2.31)

and

(2.32)

into

Eq-(2.30)

and

simplifying yields
C

a
2

= B , f - M5

20

(2-33)

where

= 2Vdx + + ) +t eO -2V s " r" (e0M n+


5
2 )
a

a H

'f

= +
s

in which
J

M = wH /3 + uHV2 + PH
eo

12EI__'
b

12EI.

(2.34)

K hb-

K hb

(2.35)

Parameters and can be interpreted as the settlement


s

f l e x i b i l i t y and r o t a t i o n f l e x i b i l i t y of the foundation.


foundation,

=X
s

= 0 and Eq. (2.30) reduces

boundary c o n d i t i o n f o r r i g i d foundation, q=0.


the simultaneous

Eqs.(2.25) 2.27),

For r i g i d
to the

The solutions of

(2.23) and (2.33) give the

expressions f o r the i n t e g r a t i o n constants as follows:

= /i C
1

(2.3Sa)

tanh ocH

|i /oc sinh ah )
B

cosh

ah

= [B (tanh ah
2

s~ t a n h

21

(2.3Sb)

ah
s

C 2 = ( B , f - M5)/a

= 1 tanh och tanh aH


s

(2.36d)

= ;i tanh ah + p /cc
1
s
5

The s o l u t i o n s f o r the a x i a l force i n the walls and the shear


force

i n the lajninEie of the structure can thus be obtained by

using Eqs. (2. 18),

(2.19), (2.21) and (2.22) with the values of B [

B 2 and C 2 as defined by Eq.(2.36).

atera2 i)efJection,

Once

the a x i a l

forces

and

I\ are

determined, by i n t e g r a t i n g Eqs.(2.3) and (2.4) twice and using the


f o l l o w i n g boundary conditions

= 0

(2.37a)

x=0

P i

dx

2.37b)

= y i

(2.37c)

x-0

V i
y

dx

x-h

x=h

x-h

dx

(2.37d)

x=h

22

the lateral d e f l e c t i o n s of the structure can be found as

.2

)'

2a

IE

II

2
d

(2.38

6a H

(1 - Sd) L(x) +A(x) - S d ( +


a
2a
6a H

(2.39)

(2.40)

which represents a measure of l a t e r a l s t i f T n e s s of the structure.


The f u l l expressions f o r functions

1L(x) ( x ) ,

A 2 (x) and A 3 (x)

are as follows:
4

L(x ) = u(x - 4Hx + 6H x )/24 + w(x

P(x

- 10H x + 20H x )/120H

- 3Hx )/6

Z(:x) = [(B - B )sinh ah


1

+ (C C j c o s h
1

ahx
s

- h

= B (cosh cth cosh ax) + C,(sinh ah s i n h ax)


1

(B (1 - cosh ah + C,(ax s i n h ah )

23

3 ( x ) = B 2 ( l - cosh ax) + C (coc - s i n h ax)


The

drift

at

the top of

the structure

can then

be

conveniently determined by s u b s t i t u t i n g x=H into Eq.(2.38), g i v i n g


+

12

2a2

&

1E

CD

H)

+ ~

A (H)

(2.41)

6cc 2

I t i s noted that i n the analysis of s t i f f e n e d coupled shear


w a l l s presented above, when the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s located at the
top or the bottom of the s t r u c t u r e , i . e . h

= H or h

solution

equations

wi 11

become

the same

= 0, the

as those

given i n

reference [ 1 5 .
S p e c i a i Case of Wo S t i f f e n i n g Seam.

When

there

is

s t i f f e n i n g beam inserted between two w a l l s , the governing equation


f o r the problem i s s i m i l a r to that given i n Eq. (2. 13) and can be
6xprsss6d as:
~5"
- a^T = - yMe
2
dx

(2.42)

i n which the s t r u c t u r a l parameters cc and y are given i n Eqs. (2. 14)


and (2,15) r e s p e c t i v e l y .
The

complete

s o l u t i o n to the governing equation (2.42) i s

found t o be
T = Bcosh ox + Csinh ax + ^

(M + ^ +

(2.43)

For t h i s case, the integration constants B 2 and C 2 may be


reduce t o the constants B and C, given by

24

B = CtanhaH

ex +

(u/a

) t H {

s
2

: +
2

WH/2

"H

) + U
l

(2.44a)

a coshaH

+ P _ ^ +
a H

+(1-

M
r eO

(2.

The laminar shear i s given by

q =

.
dM
w
Basinhocx + Cacoshctx +(^ +
,
ct dx
a H

(2.45)

where dM/dx i s presented i n Eq. (2.23).


By

reducing

Eq.(2.39) the

lateral

deflection

of

the

s t r u c t u r e can be obtained:

y = e x + | j { ( l - S )L(x) + ~ B ( l - cos? zax) + C(coc - sinhox)]

s d

The

2a

+ ^ L2 _ )
6a H

top d r i f t

(2.46)

can then be determined by putting

x=H

into

Eq.(2.46):

= 0H
0

+ -

+
8
n

C(aH - siH)] - S d

1 1 n +
120
3

2a

25

+ ~

[B(1

+ ,HEI
6a

cos

(2.47)

Therefore,

i f no s t i f f e n i n g

beam i s inserted

between two

w a l l s , the a x i a l force i n the w a l l s , the laminar shear and the


lateral
using

d e f l e c t i o n of coupled
Eqs. (2.43),

(2.45)

shear walls can be determined by

and (2.46) with

the values

of the

constants B and C as defined by Eqs. (2.44a) and (2.44b).

2.3

PRESENTATION OF DESIGN CHARTS AND NUMERICAL EXAMPLE

Eqs-(2.18),

(2.19)

2.21), (2.22)

and

(2.41) which

represent the i n t e r n a l forces and l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s , can be used


to a s s i s t i n the design o f the coupled shear walls with and those
without

a s t i f f e n i n g beam, under the a c t i o n of three kinds of

typical

lateral

loads.

I t i s useful to express

the equations,

representing the i n t e r n a l forces and the l a t e r a l deflections of


the s t r u c t u r e , i n non-dimensional form to make the design charts-

2.3.1

Design Charts
I f the s t r u c t u r e i s supported

subjected

to an upper

triangularly

on a r i g i d foundation and
distributed

load

i n which

maximum i n t e n s i t y i s w the top d r i f t y the moment caused by the


H

axial

force

i n the walls m and the laminar

expressed i n diiaensicmless forms as

y,iJ(K)

A m*

shear

q can be

(2
(2.49)

2S

= "

(2'50)

AT
=1/U

A 1

V2

(2.51)

The dimensionless parameters y m and q are as follows:

= l/

( f - 1 ) / K [ ( - k3K - k 5 + k , ) s i n h

+ (k, - k,K - k j c o s h Kg ] [(k, kK) (cosh K - cosh Kg )


2

+ (k 2 -

K)

(sinh K -

's

sinh+ (

- k , ) ( c o s h 1^-

k j s i n h Kg K)/K + 1/(3K" J>


s

1)

(2.52)

[ksh Kg + k f i n h Kg - K/3(l - (2 +
(kcosh Kg + k,sinh Kg)
3
4

/K
(2.53)

(2.54)
2

q: = ( k , i n h Kg + k f o s h Kg + 1 - g - 2/K )

K(ksinh Kg + k,cosh K^)


3

(2.5S)

27

( k

s i n h
5

g + k 6 cosh Kg + 1 -

2/K ) - K k , i n h Kg

(2.56)

whsre
g = x/H

(2.57)

(2.58)

= h /H
s

and

the f u l l

expressions of c o e f f i c i e n t s

kto

are given i n

Appendix I .
To

evaluate the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s and i n t e r n a l

forces of

the s t i f f e n e d coupled shear walls incorporating a s t i f f e n i n g beam


under the a c t i o n of an upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d

load, a set

of design charts i s presented f o r p r a c t i c a l purpose.

A l l charts

are made f o r two s i t u a t i o n s of the s t i f f e n i n g beam p o s i t i o n :


(1) h = 0.5H

and

(2) h = H
s

And

the f o l l o w i n g q u a n t i t i e s are evaluted:


(1) Top d r i f t ;
(2) Moment due t o the a x i a l force i n the walls at l e v e l s of
0 0.25H 0.5H and 0.75H;
(3) Laminar shear at l e v e l s of 0.25H 0.5H, 0.75H and H;
(4) Optimum l o c a t i o n of s t i f f e n i n g beam f o r achieving minimum
top d r i f t and laminar shear.
All

structural

q u a n t i t i e s are expressed i n terms of two dimensionless


parametres

and K which are the r e l a t i v e

flexural

r i g i d i t y of the s t i f f e n i n g beam and EL measure of effectiveness of


the l i n t e l beams r e s p e c t i v e l y .

From Eq.(2.9)

28

S = E I /(EI n)
m mm
b
When there i s no s t i f f e n i n g beam, S

may be considered as zero,

and the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s exactly the same as the other


beams.

In p r a c t i c e , the values of e l a s t i c moduli E

lintel

and E are

equal because the same materials are used f o r both the s t i f f e n i n g


beam and the l i n t e l beams.

I f S r a n g e s from 1 to 10 the r a t i o

of the second moment of area of a s t i f f e n i n g beam to that of other


normal l i n t e l beams i s to be from n to 10n where rv=H/h represents
the

number of s t o r i e s .

In a common r e s i d e n t i a l

or o f f i c e

b u i l d i n g , u s u a l l y the number of s t o r e i e s i s 10 to 40, so that the


values of S r a n g i n g from 1 to 10, mean that the depth of the
s t i f f e n i n g beam i s approximately

2 to 7 times the depth of the

other normal l i n t e l beams, i f a l l beams have the same width and


are

of rectangulsir cross

sections.

Where the depth of the

s t i f f e n i n g beam i s 7 times that of the normal l i n t e l beams, there


i s no opening v i r t u a l l y .

In f a c t , i t i s possible f o r the storey

to be used to house the mechanical plant i n EL b u i l d i n g .


On the other hand, the parameter K represents a measure of
e f f e c t i v e n e s s of the l i n t e l beams, and i s defined by
K = aH

(2.59)

It can be noted that the parameter K indicates the degree of


coupling e f f e c t
structure.

of the l i n t e l

beams f o r a coupled shear wall

High value of K indicates that coupled shear walls

possess strong coupling and behave l i k e a monolithic cantilevered


wall.

And low value

of K indicates that coupled shear w a l l s

29

possess weak coupling and act as two separate c a n t i l e v e r s . When K


i s equal to zero, which i s the l i m i t i n g case, the l i n t e l beams
become pin-ended l i n k s and the shear walls become p i n - l i n k e d shear
walls"".
The c a l c u l a t i o n s are performed with a comprehensive range of
values of 1 to 10 f o r S a n d of 2 to 9 f o r K.

F i g s . 2.3 and 2.4

show the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at the top of the structure.


be seen that the top d r i f t decreases as the values of S

I t can
and K

iricreELss.
F i g s . 2.5 to 2.12 show the moment due to the a x i a l forces i n
the walls at d i f f e r e n t l e v e l s against
the values
K.

and K.

I t i s seen that

i n these f i g u r e s increase with the increase of S and

I t i s indicated that the b e n e f i c i a l s t r u c t u r a l e f f e c t of the

s t i f f e n i n g beam on the moment caused by the a x i a l force i n the


w a l l s i s larger when the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s located at the middle
l e v e l than that when located at top.
F i g s . 2.13 to 2.20 show the laminar
levels.

shear at d i f f e r e n t

I t i s shown that the laminar shear w i l l decrease with S

but increase with K.


F i g s . 2.21 and 2.22 e x h i b i t the d i s t r i b u t i o n of possible
maximum and minimum values

of the moment caused by the a x i a l

forces i n the walls corresponding to S =10 K-9 and S =1, K=2; and
m
m
of laminar shear corresponding to S =1, K=9 and S =10 K=2, along
m
m
the s t r u c t u r a l height.
In f a c t , f o r a c o c m shear wal 1
s t r u c t u r e , the value of S i s l i k e l y to be w i t h i n 1 to 10 and that
m
of K 2 t o 9.

Therefore, the envelopes f o r the magnitude of the

momeiit due t o the a x i a l forces i n the walls and laminar

30

shear

shown i n these f i g u r e s w i l l cover most of the general p r a c t i c a l


cases-

On the other hand, Figs. 2.21 and 2.22 are also presented

to permit the curtailment of the reinforcement where appropriate


f o r economic purpose.
It i s noted that the location of the s t i f f e n i n g beam can
a f f e c t considerably the s t r u c t u r a l behaviour. Figs. 2.23 and 2.24
present the optimum l o c a t i o n of the s t i f f e n i n g beam f o r achieving
minimum top d r i f t and laminar shear r e s p e c t i v e l y .

I t can be seen

that i n order to achieve the optimal s t r u c t u r a l behaviour, the


most favourable p o s i t i o n f o r i n s t a l l i n g the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s at
a l e v e l ranging from 0.3 to 0.5 of the s t r u c t u r a l height.

2.3.2

Numerical Example
To

demonstrate

the a p p l i c a t i o n

o f the design

charts

presented, the 20-storey s t i f f e n e d coupled shear wall system as


shown i n F i g . 2.1 i s analyzed.
wal Is are presented

in

The dimensions of the example

F i g . 2.25.

I t i s assumed that the

s t r u c t u r e r e s t s on a r i g i d foundation and i s subjected to an upper


t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d load with a maximum i n t e n s i t y of 25 KN/m.
The

stiffening

respectively.

beam

i s located

at

the l e v e l

0.5H

and H

The geometrical dimensions and msLterial properties

of the structure are as follows:


Total height H = 60 m
Storey height h = 3 m
Distance between centroidal axes of w a l l s = 9.75 m

31

A= 2.6 m

= 9 . 154 m ,

A^= 4.0 m'

=33.333 m"*,

A = 6.6 m'

42.487 m

0.002133 m
E = E

0.073233 m'
6

= 24 x 10 KN/m

E
S = EI J / h =1.716,
b
12I__
b
3

hb I

=0.580 x 10 m

AI
A,A
1 2

K = aH = 5.113,

=1/(1

AI
AA

)=

-3

,261 x 10 nT ,

) = 0.779.

1 2

C o e f f i c i e n t s of the top d r i f t ,
axial
readily

force

i n the w a l l s ,

y moment caused by

m and laminar shear, q , can be

determined from the presented charts by employing

interpolation

the

and are given i n Table 2.1.

linear

The top d r i f t , the

moment due to the a x i a l force i n the walls and the laminar shear
can then be obtained e a s i l y

by Eqs.(2.48), (2.49) and (2.SO),

whereas the shear force i n the s t i f f e n i n g beam can be obtained by


Eq.(2.8).

32

2*4

EFFECT OF STIFFENING BEAM ON COUPLED SHEAR WALLS

To

show i n d e t a i l

the e f f e c t

of s t i f f e n i n g

beam on the

s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of coupled shear w a l l s , a s t i f f e n e d coupled


shear wall system ( F i g . 2.1) supported on foundations of two sets
of c o n d i t i o n s ,

namely, (1) r i g i d

foundation and (2) f l e x i b l e

foundation, and subjected to the action of a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d


load i s investigated by the proposed method.
In

the i n v e s t i g a t i o n ,

the s t r u c t u r a l

behaviour

of the

s t i f f e n e d coupled shear walls i s presented as follows:

Case o f i g i d Foundation.

Calculations are performed

with a

comprehensive range of values of r e l a t i v e f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t y S of


the

stiffening

beam and with

different

values

of s t r u c t u r a l

parameter K t o determine the shear force i n the l i n t e l beams, the


axial

force

i n the walls

at the base

level

and the l a t e r a l

d e f l e c t i o n at the top.
F i g . 2.26 shows the d i s t r i b u t i o n of the laminar shear flow
throughout

the s t r u c t u r a l

height when the s t i f f e n i n g

beam i s

located at h = 0.5H with the value of the s t r u c t u r a l parameter K


s
taken t o be 3.

I t can be seen that great reduction of the shear

f o r c e i n the laminae i s achieved by introducing a s t i f f e n i n g beamAs a matter o f f a c t , the s t i f f e n i n g beam can take a considerable
part of the sum of laminar shear, r e s u l t i n g i n reducing the shear
f o r c e i n laminae g r e a t l y .

Superimposed on the same f i g u r e are two

curves (dotted l i n e s ) , showing the effect of d i f f e r e n t

33

locations

(=0.75H

and 0.25H) of the s t i f f e n i n g beam on the v a r i a t i o n of

the laminar shear.

I t i s seen that the magnitudes of the maximum

laminar shear i n these two cases are greater than that i n the case
of h = 0.5H
s
F i g s . 2.27 and 2.28 show the effect of d i f f e r e n t values of S

of the s t i f f e n i n g beam on the v a r i a t i o n of the a x i a l force i n the


w a l l s at the base l e v e l and the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at top with
respect to the values of parameter K.

I t can be seen that with a

s t i f f e n i n g beam of usual r e l a t i v e r i g i d i t y , say Sm=2 and K=3, the


a x i a l force i n the w a l l s at the base l e v e l i s increased by about
15 percent, and the top d r i f t i s reduced by about 33 percent.
In Figs 2.26 to 2.28 the values of S are taken as 0 1, 2, 5
m

and

10 r e s p e c t i v e l y , so that

different

values of

a comparison of the e f f e c t s of

on laminar shear, a x i a l force i n the walls

and l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at the top can also be provided.


The
stiffening

selection

of the best

beam w i l l

location

f o r i n s t a l l i n g the

depend on whether the c o n d i t i o n f o r the

minimum value of the laminar shear, or the base moment, or the top
d e f l e c t i o n i s to be achieved.

F i g . 2.29 shows the v a r i a t i o n of

the values of the maximum laminar shear against the s t i f f e n i n g


beam l o c a t i o n , h /H, with S = 1 to 10. I t i s evident that the
s
m
greatest reduction i n the maximum laminar shear w i l l be achieved
i f the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s located at the l e v e l of about 0.4 of the
structural

height.

F i g . 2.30 presents the v a r i a t i o n of the a x i a l

force i n the walls at the base level against the s t i f f e n i n g beam


l o c a t i o n , h/H. I t i s obvious that the maximum a x i a l force i n the
s
w a l l s at the base l e v e l , which corresponds to the minimum moment

34

i n the w a l l s at the same l e v e l , i s obtained when the s t i f f e n i n g


beam i s placed at a lower
s t r u c t u r a l height.

level

which i s 0.2 or less of the

F i g . 2.31 shows the v a r i a t i o n of the l a t e r a l

d e f l e c t i o n at the top against the s t i f f e n i n g beam l o c a t i o n , hg/H.


It i n d i c a t e s that the top d r i f t i s s u b s t a n t i a l l y reduced when the
s t i f f e n i n g beam i s positioned at roughly 0.45 of the s t r u c t u r a l
height.

Generally speaking,

i n order

to achieve

the optimum

s t r u c t u r a l behaviour o f s t i f f e n e d coupled shear wall system, the


most favourable l o c a t i o n f o r i n s t a l l i n g the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s at
a l e v e l ranging from 0.3 to 0.5 of the s t r u c t u r a l height, and the
exact

l o c a t i o n f o r achieving the minimum value of the laminar

shear, or the base bending moment or the top d r i f t could be found,


depending on the d e s i r e d requirement.

Case of Fiexib2e Foundation.

In order t o i l l u s t r a t e the e f f e c t

of the s t i f f e n i n g beam on the s t r u c t u r a l response of coupled shear


w a l l s supported

on f l e x i b l e foundations, the t y p i c a l

structure,

shown i n F i g . 2.25 i s used again and analysed as an example.

In

the example, the s t r u c t u r e i s subjected to a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d


load with an i n t e n s i t y of 15 kN per metre along the height, and
the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s located at d i f f e r e n t

l e v e l s of 0, 0.25H

0.5H 0.75H and H.


Two sets of numerical values f o r the s t i f f n e s s properties of
soil

foundation,

the v e r t i c a l

stiffness

and

rotational

stiffness

K , are considered:

(l)dense sand

(2)dense sand, as follows:

35

and gravel and

(a)

K= 0.4387xl0

kN/m,

K= 13.5S x10 kN-m/rad,


r

corresponding to dense sand and g r a v e l ,


6

(b)

K = 0. 1459xl0 kN/m,

K=

and

5.423xl0 kN-m/rad

corresponding to dense sand.


In the a n a l y s i s , the maximum laminar shear, base a x i a l force,
top d r i f t , and the r e l a t i v e settlement and base r o t a t i o n of the
foundatioii are determined f o r the d i f f e r e n t cases with and without
a s t i f f e n i n g beam r e s p e c t i v e l y .

A comparison

i s also made with

the s i t u a t i o n where there i s a r i g i d foundation but no s t i f f e n i n g


beam.
The r e s u l t s of the analysis f o r the two sets of foundation
propreties

are presented

i n Tables

2.2

and

2.3, and the

d i s t r i b u t i o n s of the i n t e r n a l forces along the s t r u c t u r a l height


are shown i n F i g s . 2.32 and 2.33.

I t i s demonstrated

that the

a d d i t i o n of a s t i f f e n i n g beam into l a t e r a l l y loaded coupled shear


w a l l s supported on f l e x i b l e foundations i s an e f f e c t i v e means f o r
reducing

the maximum shear

force

in lintel

moment i n the w a l l s at the base l e v e l ,


rigidity

of

the s t r u c t u r e

and

beams and bending

enhancing

alleviating

foundation deformations on the structure.

the l a t e r a l

the e f f e c t s

of

From Tables 2.2 and

2.3, i t can be seen that the reductions of about 41 percent (on


stiff

s o i l ) and 46 percent

(cm weaker s o i l ) i n maximum laminar

shear can be obtained by introducing the s t i f f e n i n g beam into the


c o n f i g u r a t i o n of the example coupled shear w a l l s .

I t i s also seen

that reductions of 9.4 percent and 3.2 percent i n the base moment
of

the w a l l s , and of about 3 percent and 2 percent i n the top

36

drift

can be achieved

f o r the structure

resting

on the two

foundation cases r e s p e c t i v e l y .
It

i s evident that reduction i n the values of the maximum

laminar shear, due to the addition of a s t i f f e n i n g beam, i s higher


when the structure i s supported on weaker s o i l than when i t i s
supported on s t i f f s o i l .

But the reduction i n the values of the

base moment i n the walls i s lower when the structure i s supported


on weaker s o i l than when i t i s soupported on s t i f f s o i l .

From

Tables 2.2 and 2.3 i t i s also shown that the presence of the
stiffening

beam can not cause

deflection

when

the

large

structure

is

reduction i n l a t e r a l

resting

on

deformable

foundations.
Furthermore, Tables 2.2 and 2.3 show that there are 9 percent
and 3 percent reductions i n the base r o t a t i o n a l deformation i n the
walls

f o r the structure

respectively.

resting

on the s t i f f

and weak

soil

In f a c t a s t i f f e n i n g beam which i s placed at the

base l e v e l i s more e f f f i c i e n t i n a l l e v i a t i n g the base r o t a t i o n s ,


and easing the base bending moment i n the w a l l s .

37

Table 2.

Results of Top Drift and Design Forces for Example


Structure.

Moment
S =1 716
m

Top D r i f t

due to Axial Force

Laminar Shear

i n Walls
h /H
s

0.5

-2

yH(mn0

m*xl0

1.0

5.83

7.86

22.47

17.28

0.75

S.38

2237

29.21

22.47

12.65
4434
(above h )
s

11.85

9.11

0.50

m(KNm)

q xlO

-2

x/H

q(KN/m)

32. 97
11558
(below h )
s

1.0

0.25

41.89

14685

46.79

35.99

49.84

17471

1.0

6.02

8.57

3.21

2.47

0.75

10.62

3723

36.97

28.44

0.50

23.13

8108

60.41

46.47

0.25

38.86

13622

59.65

45.88

48.23

16907

38

Table 2.2.

Results of Deformations and Internal Forces for the


Example Structure.
6

Foundation Case (1): K = 0.4387 x 10 kN/m,


s

K = 13.560 x 10 kNm/radL

h /H
s

s
(mm)

_4

q
m3

(10 rad)

(mm)

(kN/m)

(kN)

(kNm)

7.21

35.9

1477

12603

4.58

5.46

37. 11

48.95

2009

7410

4.58

5.46

36. 92

48.76

2010

7408

0.75

4.58

5.46

36.61

48.10

2011

7398

0.5

4.60

5.42

36.25

44.25

20 IS

7343

0.25

4.65

5.24

36.07

28.92

2040

7105

4.74

4.95

3S.59

36.33

2080

6716

1.716

39

Table 2.3.

Results of Deformations and Internal Forces for the


Example Structure*
6

Foundation Case (2): K = 0.1459 x 10 kN/m


s

K = 5.423 x 10 fcNm/rad.
r

h /H
s

O
4

max

(kN/m)

(kN)

(kNm)

35.9

1477

12603

91.56

47. 11

1962

7862

14.50

91.37

46.92

1962

7862

13.45

14.50

91.07

46. 14

1963

7861

0.5

13.47

14.45

90.73

41.72

1966

7835

0.25

13.54

14.27

90.61

25.30

1975

740

13.62

14.05

91.22

36.15

1988

7617

(mm)

(mm)

(10 rad)

7.21

13.45

14.50

13.45

0.75

1.716

40

L
b/2

"77

~ 7 / 7 " T 7t,

"

JV2

" J "

(b)

(a)

Substitute structure

Stiffened coupled shear walls


Fig. 2.1

b/2

Fig. 2.2a

b/2

Laminar shear and axial force in wall

F i g , 2.2(b)

= b + d

E f f e c t i v e clear span of beams

43

55

6.5

Fig. 2.3

7.5

8.5

Lateral deflection at top for hc=0.5H.

25

29

33

37

41

t/ x 1CT
Fig. 2.6

Moment at x=0.25H due to axial force in walls for h

nT x
F i g . 2.8

10

10-2

Moment at x=0.75H due to axial force in walls for h,0.5H

27.5

32.5

37.5

42.5

m*
F i g . 2.9

x 1(T

47.5

52.5

Moment at base due to axial force in walls for =H.

22.5

26.5

30.5

34.5

38.5

ni* x 10F i g . 2.10

Moment at x=0.25H due to axial force in walls for h =H.

42.5

11

13

i/ x
F i g . 2.12

15

10-

17

Moment at x=0.75H due to axial force in walls for hc=H

10

26

42

58

74

x 10-2
F i g . 2.13

Laminar shear at level of x=0.25H for h =0.5H.

90

10

18

26

34

42

x 10-2

F i g . 2.15

Laminar shear at level of 0.75H for hc=0.5H.

50

15

20

25

30

35

.qx

F i g . 2.16

10_

Laminar shear at level of x=H for =0.5H,

20

30

40

50

60

qx

Fig. 2,17

10-

70

80

Laminar shear at level of x=0.25H for h =H.

25

35

45

55

q* x i c r

F i g . 2.18

65

Laminair shear at level of x=0.5H for h j H .

15

20

25

30

q* x H r

F i g . 2.19

35
2

Laminar shear at level of x=0.75H for hq=H.

Uminar shear at level of x=H

Fig* 2-20

for h

=H,

15

F i g . 2.21

30

45

60

i/

x 10-2

15

30

45

Distributions of possible maximum and minimum values of moment due to


axial force in wa^Ms along structural height.

60

F i g . 2.22

Distributions of possible m a x i , and m i n i m v a l u e s


structuirsl height

of l a m i i w shear along

F i g . 2.23

Optimum location for m i n i n t o p d r i f t y

F i g . 2.24 Optimum location for minimum q m a x

6,:

10 m

coupling beam section: 0.4 x 0. m


s t i f f e n i n g beam section: 0.4 x 1.3 m

Fig. 2.25

Example walls plan dimensions

6S

10

15

20

q-

F i g . 2.26

x 10-

25

30

Variation of laminar shear with height r a t i o


for d i f f e r e n t relative flexural r i g i d i t y of
s t i f f e n i n g beam

67

35


68
I

F i g . 2.27

Variation of axial force in walls at base level for different


relative flexural r i g i d i t y of stiffening beam
'

Fig* 2.28

Variation of top d r i f t for different r e l a t i v e


r i g i d i t y of s t i f f e n i n g beam

flexural

70
I
F i g . 2.29

Effect of s t i f f e n i n g beam location on m a x i l a m i n a r shear

I
71

q ( , )

F i g , 2-32

Toxl0 (kN)

M o xl0 (kNm

Variation of internal forces of example structure for foundation


Case (1): Ks = 4.387 x l 0

kN/m,

Kr = 13.560 x 10 kNm/rad

q(kN/m)

Fig. 2-33

Toxl0 (kN)

M o xl0 (kNm)

Variation of internal forces of example structure for foundation


Case (2): Ks = 1.459 x l 0

K = 5,423x10

kNm/rad

CHAPTER

ELASTO-PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF COUPLED SHEAR WALLS

3.1

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

The

coupled

shear

wall s t r u c t u r e i s considered as a very

e f f i c i e n t s t r u c t u r a l system which contributes t o a major o f part


of the required strength and s t i f f n e s s f o r r e s i s t i n g horizontal
loads

due t o wind

o r earthquake

motions.

This

widely-used

s t r u c t u r a l system has been the subject o f intensive research and


study

during the 1 ast

two decades and many papers have been

published on the e l a s t i c a n a l y s i s of coupled shear walls subjected


to l a t e r a l loads.
In seismic regions, a knowledge of the i n e l a s t i c
and

behaviour

ultimate strength o f a s t r u c t u r e becomes d e s i r a b l e .

inelastic

and nonlinear

behaviour

of

reinforced

The

concrete

s t r u c t u r e s s i g n i f i c a n t l y a f f e c t t h e i r response to external loads


e s p e c i a l l y f o r severe overloads.

This n o n l i n e a r i t y i s recognized

at various l e v e l s i n the design process.

The t r a d i t i o n a l e l a s t i c

design procedures count on c e r t a i n types o f i n e l a s t i c


for
from

r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of i n t e r n a l force and s t r e s s
overloads,

and o f t e n

limit

behaviours

concentrations

the reinforcement

r a t i o s or

increase transverse s t e e l t o assure a c e r t a i n capacity f o r t h i s


behaviour.

Nonlinear

design

procedures,

on the other

hand,

e x p l i c i t l y take the actual s t r u c t u r a l response into account, and

75

hence lead to a more r e a l i s t i c estimation of the i n t e r n a l forces


and deformations i n a s t r u c t u r e .
The ultimate strength of a coupled shear wall structure under
the a c t i o n of l a t e r a l loads can be developed when EL s a t i s f a c t o r y
admissible

collapse

mechanism

i s formed.

This

involves two

p l a s t i c hinges at the end of the coupling beams and one p l a s t i c


hinge at the base of each w a l l .

The sequence of the formation of

p l a s t i c hinge during the nonlinear response of the structure to


monotonic loading depends on the r e l a t i v e s t i f f n e s s and strength
of the components.

For earthquakeresistant structures the spread

of y i e l d i n g i s of c r i t i c a l

importance.

In f a c t , collapse of EL

s t r u c t u r e i s not expected.

Hence, a coupled shear wall structure

and

possess adequate d u c t i l i t y to enable

i t s components should

large excursions

beyond the y i e l d l e v e l of loading to be made,

without s i g n i f i c a n t l o s s of the ultimate strength and capacity f o r


energy d i s s i p a t i o n .

These desirable properties can be achieved i f

the coupling system i s made t o y i e l d f i r s t


be

constructed

The walls should

to s u s t a i n the large load j u s t below the y i e l d

l e v e l , even when the coupling beams have y i e l d e d over say 90% of


the

height

of the s t r u c t u r e .

This

will

assure

that

at the

development of almost f u l l strength of the s t r u c t u r e no permanent


damage i n the walIs wi 11
For
coupled
extended

elastic
shear

occur.

a n a l y s i s t o deal
walls,

with nonlinear

the previous

to two common techniques:

widecolumn frame analogy.

behaviour of

i n v e s t i g a t i o n s have
continuum

been

approach and

In both methods, i t i s assumed that a

p l a s t i c hinge at the wallbeam j u n c t i o n i s formed when the moment

76

at

the

end

value.

of

the

lintel

beams reaches a prescribed

A q u a s i - l i n e a r technique

limiting

i s then employed to p r e d i c t the

r e s u l t i n g e l a s t o - p l a s t i c behaviour of the s t r u c t u r e
Based

cm

the

continuum

approach,

Winokur

and

Gluck

introduced an ultimate strength a n a l y s i s of coupled shear w a l l s .


They assumed the ultimate strength to be developed when a complete
failure

mechanism was

structure

formed.

This f u l l

involves the formation of two

p l a s t i f i c a t i o n of

the

p l a s t i c hinges at both

ends of a l l l i n t e l beEims and one p l a s t i c hinge at the base of each


s o l i d w a l l ( F i g . 3.1).

However, the formation of such complete

f a i l u r e mechanism requires possessing considerable d u c t i l i t y f o r


the

lintel

beams.

But

coupling

system

to

Gluck

developed

i t i s impossible

possess
an

so

large

analytical

i n p r a c t i c e f o r the

st d u c t i 1 i t y

method

for

capacity

elastoplastic

a n a l y s i s based on an incomplete f a i l u r e mechanism i n which p l a s t i c


hinges at both ends of the l i n t e l beams may be formed over only a
part of the s t r u c t u r e with the w a l l s behaving e l a s t i c a l l y , so that
the ultimate strength of the s t r u c t u r e depends on the
of r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y of the l i n t e l beams.

limitation

I t i s evident that

when the s t r u c t u r e i s acted upon by seismic f o r c e , most of


energy can be d i s s i p a t e d by s i g n i f i c a n t y i e l d i n g of the

lintel

beams while the w a l l s continue to provide o v e r a l l s t i f f n e s s


s t a b i l i t y to the s t r u c t u r e .
and Choo

Pekau and

Gocevski

presented two s i m p l i f i e d approaches:

'

and

the

and

Coull

one assumes the

d i s t r i b u t i o n of laminar shear i n e l a s t i c region at e l a s t o p l a s t i c


stage to have the same pattern as that at e l a s t i c stage, and
other

t r e a t s the

d i s t r i b u t i o n of

77

laminar

shear as a

the

tri1inear

variation.
laminar

With the approximation of a t r i l i n e a r d i s t r i b u t i o n of

shear,

Chan

28

and Kuang[ ]

investigated

the s t r u c t u r a l

response of the e l a s t o p l a s t i c coupled shear wails


foundations.

Based

on widecolumn

frame

to f l e x i b l e

analogy,

Nayar and

23

Coull

proposed an e l a s t o - p l a s t i c l i n e a r stepwise analysis of

coupled shear w a l l s , i n which an i t e r a t i v e technique i s used t o


determine the p o s i t i o n s of p l a s t i c hinges at each load increament
and hence the reduced s t i f f n e s s of the beam elements concerned.
This

chapter i n v e s t i g a t e s

the e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour of

coupled shear walls by employing the continuum method.


an

incomplete

failure

mechanism

, the a n a l y s i s

Based on

traces the

behaviour of the s t r u c t u r e from working t o ultimate load.

And the

d u c t i l i t y requirement o f the p l a s t i c hinges can be traced

from

t h e i r i n c e p t i o n f o r each loading increament t o the c o l l a p s e .

The

influence of d e f o r b l e foundations and the e f f e c t of s t i f f e n i n g


beam

on the e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour

Furthermore,
evaliiSLtion

set of

design

of the maximum

charts

were

also

investigated.

i s presented

rotational ducti l i t y

factor

f o r the
of the

l i n t e l beams, the boundaries between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c


regions,

the base a x i a l

force

i n the w a l l s ,

and the l a t e r a l

d e f l e c t i o n at the top of the e l a s t o p l a s t i c coupled shear w a l l s .


3.2

ELASTOPLASTIC ANALYSIS

Consider

a coupled

shear

wall

system

without the

i n s e r t i o n of a s t i f f e n i n g beam between two s o l i d walls ( F i g . 3.2).


The s t r u c t u r e i s subjected t o three kinds of t y p i c a l l a t e r a l loads

78

namely

upper

triangularly

distributed

load,

uniformly

d i s t r i b u t e d load and a concentrated load a c t i n g at the top of the


structure.

Under the a c t i o n of external h o r i z o n t a l loads, the

p a t t e r n o f v a r i a t i o n o f laminar shear along the s t r u c t u r a l

height

i s shown i n F i g s . 3.2(b) and 3.2(c).


If

the external

lateral

loads

are gradually

increased,

l i m i t s i t u a t i o n w i l l eventually be reached when the moment at the


end o f the most h e a v i l y stressed l i n t e l beam reaches i t s ultimate
moment c a p a c i t y M , when the shear force i n the beam i s V such
u

that

M =V b/2.
u

At t h i s

time,

coupled w a l l system occurs.

the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

state

of a

I t i s assumed that p l a s t i c hinges

form at the junctions o f the l i n t e l

beams and w a l l s .

In the

s u b s t i t u t e continuous system, i t i s also true that the p l a s t i c


hinges

form

limiting

when the corresponding

value

laminar

shear

q^ equal t o V^/h ( F i g . 3.3).

maxinaini laminar shear

reaches i t s

The p o s i t i o n of

can be r e a d i l y determined by applying the

c o n d i t i o n dq/dx=0, which g e n e r a l l y occurs at roughly one t h i r d of


the b u i l d i n g height when the s t r u c t u r e i s subjected to a uniformly
distributed

load.

In the i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f the e l a s t o p l a s t i c

behaviour of shear wall s t r u c t u r e s , i t i s assumed that each l i n t e l


beam has a b i l i n e a r momentcurvature r e l a t i o n s h i p shown i n F i g .
3.4,

such that the beam behaves e l a s t i c a l l y up to an ultimate

moment M .
u

increase

Thereafter

the f l e x u r a l d e f l e c t i o n s increase with no

i n the bending inoinent unt i 1

a 1 imi t ing curvature i s

reached at the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y l i m i t of the l i n t e l beams.


In

the present

elastoplastic

analysis

o f coupled

shear

walIs the ultimate strength of the s t r u c t u r e i s assumed to depend

79

on the l i m i t a t i o n of the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y of the l i n t e l beams.


When the

rotational

d u c t i l i t y of

the

lintel

beams reaches

s p e c i a l d u c t i l i t y l i m i t a t i o n , an incomplete f a i l u r e mechanism i s
formed, which

involves the formation of p l a s t i c hinges at both

ends of the coupling beams over only EL p o r t i o n of the

entire

structure

behave

height,

elastically.

whereas

each

wall

is

assumed

to

Therefore, three types of p a r t i a l f a i l u r e mechanisms

can p o s s i b l y occur i n an e l a s t o p l a s t i c coupled shear wall system.


The f i r s t i s a "threeregion" system with a p l a s t i c central region
(Fig.

3.5); the second i s a "two-region" system with a p l a s t i c

upper region ( F i g . 3.6)

and the t h i r d i s a "tworegion"

with a p l a s t i c lower zone ( F i g . 3.7).


partial

failure

mechanisms

are

system

The three possible types of

presented

in

detail

in

the

following sections.

3.2.1

ThreeRegion Case with Plastic Central Region


If

which

the applied load i s f u r t h e r increased, the region i n

the

laminar shear reaches

the ultimate value of q

will

spread upwards and downwards from the i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n , r e s u l t i n g


i n the formation of a threeregion system with a p l a s t i c central
region, while the upper and lower regions are s t i l l e l a s t i c .

3.21

Axial force in walls and laminar shear

1. Jastic Upper Kegion


lintel

fx,x^iO,

In t h i s

region,

the

beams behave e l a s t i c a l l y , and the governing equation f o r

the problem i s as Eq.(2.42) which i s f o r the e l a s t i c analysis:

80

~3"2
dx

- c^T

(3. 1)

where i s the a x i a l force i n the walls w i t h i n the e l a s t i c upper


r e g i o n , and the s t r u c t u r a l parameter a and y are the same as those
described i n Eqs.(2.14) and

(2.15).

The complete s o l u t i o n to the governing equation (3.1) can be


found as:
Tt = B t coshax + Ctsinhctx + ~ ( M e

where B

and C

(3.2)

are the i n t e g r a t i o n constants.

By considering the

r e l a t i o n q = dT/dx, the corresponding

+ L

expression f o r the laminar

shear i n t h i s region i s then derived and given by

B a sinhooc + C a coshax + YL(M'

a
The

i n t e g r a t i o n constants

and

(3.3)

a H
can

considering the boundary conditions at the

be

determined

l e v e l of H and

by
the

i n t e r f a c e of x .
At the top of the s t r u c t u r e , x=H,

the a x i a l force i n the

w a l l s i s equal to zero,
T (H) = 0

(3.4)

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(3.4) into Eq.(3.2) y i e l d s

B = - CaH - +

81

U)

(3.5)

At

the

level

of x the laminar

shear

i s equal

to the

ultimate laminar shear,


q t (x 2 ) - q u

(3.S)

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(3.6) i n t o Eq.(3.3) gives

t ="H

U ( H

2.

s i n h = - coshccx

X
2

5 ^ S i

{ u - V
L
a

s i n h a x

iMasic Centrai Region

a H

r "

fx,x^x2,.

In

p l a s t i c hinges form at the ends of a l l the laminae.


of the laminar

(.)

this

region,

The magnitude

shear over t h i s region i s constant and equals

the ultimate laminar shear,


q = q
c
u

(3.8)

The a x i a l force i n each w a l l w i t h i n t h i s region i s given by


T = T, + q (x x)
c
2
u 2
where T

(3.9)

i s the a x i a l force i n the walls at the l e v e l of x

and

can be determined from Eq. (3.2) by l e t t i n g x=x .


The r e l a t i o n s h i p of the boundaries between the e l a s t i c and
the p l a s t i c regions,

and x 2 i s displayed by considering the

c o m p a t i b i l i t y conditions at these l e v e l s .
the

I f a cut i s made along

l i n e of contraf lexure of the laminae, consideration of the

c o m p a t i b i l i t y at the l e v e l s of x and x w i l l lead to

82

d
d

hb q
12EI__ L
b

, 5
ST
fc

1IA

1LLA1

hb

I1A

,^1

-s = 0

(3.10a)

(3.10b)

The successive terms i n Eqs.(3.10a) and (3.10b) represent the


r e l a t i v e displacement

at the cut due to bending of the w a l l s ,

bending deformation of the laminae, a x i a l deformation of the walls


and the r e l a t i v e v e r t i c a l foundation settlement.
Equating Eqs. (3. 10a) and (3.10b) and s i m p l i f y i n g ,

1 1

1IA

(i\7

1IA

H\7

) I ' T dx = 0

(3.11)

By

integrating

the

moment-curvature

relationship

of

the

walIs,

dx'
w i t h respect to x.
base r o t a t i o n , 9 =

And applying the boundary condition

of the

the gradient of the w a l l s i s given by

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(3.12) into Eq.(3.11) and s i m p l i f y i n g y i e l d s

83

(M

- T )dx = 0
e y e

(3.13)

S u b s t i t u t i n g Mg and as described i n Eqs. (2.17) and


i n t o Eq.(3.13), and

i n t e g r a t i n g between x and x 2 w i l l

(3.9)

lead to

development of the r e l a t i o n s h i p of the boundaries between e l a s t i c


and p l a s t i c regions,

and x .

This may be expressed as

Mu + M, = 0

(3. 14)

where
2

q ( x , - x / 2 + T,U,
u

x
1

+ x ) - (H - x,) (3H + x ) /24H + u (H - x j '


w (H - xJ(3H
2
2
1
1

- H -

By

using

y /6 + P

Eq.(3.14)

H - x'

-"-

(H

and

lajninar shear at the l e v e l of

the

boundary

/2

condition

that

the

i s equal to the ultimate lamiriar

shear, q the l i m i t i n g l e v e l s of x

and x
1

can be achieved

The

c a l c u l a t i o n procedures w i l l be presented i n Section 3 . 2 4 .

3beams

hst:ic Lower Region


within

this

region

( 0 ,
behave

Because

elastically,

the

the

lintel

governing

equation to the problem can be developed as Eq.(2.42) which i s f o r


the

e l a s t i c analysis:

84

dx

at =

- yM

(3. 15)

where Tdenotes the a x i a l force i n the walls w i t h i n the

elastic

lower region.
The

complete s o l u t i o n to the

governing equation (3.15) i s

found as:

T = Bcoshcoc + C sinhax + L ( M

where B a n d C a r e the

++

(3. IS)

i n t e g r a t i o n constants.

The

laminar shear

i n t h i s region can be expressed as

The

Bfla sinhcoc + Cflct coshax + ^r(M' + _^_)


ct
a H

i n t e g r a t i o n constants B and

considering

the boundary conditions

can

be

(3.17)

determined

at the l e v e l of

and at

by
the

base l e v e l .
At the l e v e l of

the a x i a l force i n the walls i s given by

= T, + q (x, - x
2

3.18

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(3.18) into Eq.(3.16)

- C,inhox, f
1

, +

el

2TT

+ u/a )

/coshco^
I
1

(3.19)

i n which, M , i s r e a d i l y obtained by putting x=x, i n t o Eq. (2.17):

85

e1

= Sl(2H 3H + ;) +

At

the

base

level,

the

x /

P ( H

compatibility

(3.20)

condition

can

be

expressed as:

(3.21)

12EI
?<$o s = 0
b

i n which q^^ represents the laminar shear at the base l e v e l , and


has been developed as that i n the e l a s t i c a n a l y s i s ,

where M , the base

e0

(3.22)

moment caused by the external

eO

loads, i s

presented i n Eq. (2.34), and T Q the base a x i a l force i n the w a l l s ,


i s obtained by s u b s t i t u t i n g x=0 into Eq. (3.16):

eO

wx

T - ^(M
1

2"e1

2TT

(3.23)

L e t t i n g x=0 Eq.(3.17) becomes

q& = -

+wH/2 + uH + P -
a

(3.24)

a H

By s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq. (3.23) into Eq.(3.22), then equating Eqs.


(3.22) and (3.24) and s i m p l i f y i n g , the i n t e g r a t i o n constant C c a n
be derived as:

86

y^"-T,
+ eM1 ,)/coshax
1
1
,

(1

?1

The a x i a l force i n the walls and the laminar


each region

can be obtained

(3.25)

eO

shear w i t h i n

r e s p e c t i v e l y by using

Eqs. (3.2)

(3.3), (3.8), ( 3 . 9 ) 3.16) and (3.17) with the values of B

C,

B and C as defined by Eqs.(3.5), (3.7) 3.19) and (3.25).

3,2.1.2 Lateral deflection of walls


Once the a x i a l forces i n the walls w i t h i n each region are
determined, i t becomes p o s s i b l e to integrate the momentcurvature
r e l a t i o n s h i p twice and use c e r t a i n boundary conditions to derive
the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s of the walls i n c e n t r a l p l a s t i c region and
upper and lower e l a s t i c regions.
In each region,

the momentcurvature

r e l a t i o n s h i p of the

w a l l s can be generally expressed as:

" = ( M

By

substituting

the

- T/EI

axial

force

(3.2S)

T into

Eq. (3.26),

i n t e g r a t i n g the momentcurvature r e l a t i o n s h i p twice and applying


the boundary conditions at the base l e v e l as f o l l o w s :

87

(3.27a)

_^

(3.27b)

the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n i n the e l a s t i c lower region can be found as

= o

+ i " S d ) + 1 [ B ( 1 - coshax) + C (ax - s i n h a x )

d
H

6a H

2a'

(3.28)

kEI

whsrs
2

;x -lH x +x ) + ^(6H x -4Hx +x )

(3.29)

and
s
s

which represents

(3.30)

"

a measure of the l a t e r a l effectiveness of the

structure.
Similarly,

by l e t t i n g the a x i a l

force

T=T

i n Eq.(3.26),
c

i n t e g r a t i n g the momentcurvature r e l a t i o n s h i p twice and applying


the boundary conditions at the l e v e l of x ,

88

5
dx

=
^
33T

(3.31a)

(3.31b)

the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n i n the p l a s t i c c e n t r a l region can be found


ELS:

y = e n x + - [ T x / 2 + q (x,x /2 - x /6) - D x - D ^ / E I
c
0
I
2
u 2
1c
2c '
(3.32)
where

1c

2 1

^(R

a 1

2c

/2

: )

1 2

wx
ux
+ ~^~ + ~

2U

= T x/2 + q ( x /2 - xV6) - Bfl(cos?iax - 1)


2 1

1 2
1
c
1

Cp(sinhcoc

- ax ) + y(R

wx^
ux^
+ ~^~ + ~

/a

- D,
1c 1

Eind

R=H

3H x:/2 + x:/4)
1

*(H -

Hx; + x;/3)

(3.33a)

P(Hxx;/2)

89

R
2

= T I 5 S

; - M

hM -

x;)

|(3HxJ - x
6
1
1

Putting

(3.33b)

the axial force T

moment-curvature

relationship

into Eq.(3.26), integrating the

twice and applying

the boundary

conditions at the level of x ,

dy*

dy

dx

dx

(3.34a)

(3.34b)

the lateral deflection in the elastic upper region can be found as

y = 0x + W(l - SY,/^ - [B coshox + C sinhax


t
0
I
d 1
t
t

l (

+]/a

SH

(3.35)

+ D1tx + D 2 J/EI

whsrs
wx

1t

B sinhax_ + C coshax +
t

- ( T +

2 2

q x=/2) + D,
2
1c

90

2 a

ux
?
a

2t

B,oshax, + C sinhax + y(R

2'
4

6a'H

(T x;/2 + q x;/3) + (D - D, )x, +


2 2

1c

u 2

1t

2a'

2c

and
R

(2

3 = & l H 3 x 2 3H x:/2 +4)

+ ,(H x 2 - Hx; + x;/3)

P(Hx - x:/2)

putting

2 2

H
3

p6

By

(3.36a)

(3.3Sb)

x=H

into

Eq. (3.35),

the

top

drift

of

the

s t r u c t u r e , y u , can be r e a d i l y obtained:

+ C sinhaH + f
t

+ f ) / a
2

+ D, H + D, )/EI
1t

2t|

(3.37)

With Eqs.(3.28), (3.32) and (3.35), the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n of


an e l a s t o p l a s t i c coupled shear wall system subjected to the three
kinds

of t y p i c a l

lateral

loads

namely, an

upper

triangularly

d i s t r i b u t e d load, a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d load and a concentrated


load

acting

at

the top of the s t r u c t u r e ,

conveniently.

91

can be determined

3.2.1.3 Ductility requirement and limitation


In

the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis mentioned above, i t has

been assumed i m p l i c i t l y that the p l a s t i c hinges contain s u f f i c i e n t


d u c t i l i t y t o allow p l a s t i c i t y t o spread throughout the connecting
laminae.
undergo
flexural

Generally, d u c t i l i t y may be defined as the a b i l i t y to


deformat ions

without

substant i a l

c a p a c i t y of a s t r u c t u r a l

reduct ion

member.

i n the

In p r a c t i c e , the

d u c t i l i t y of a p l a s t i c hinge i n reinforced concrete beams depends


mainly on the beam dimensions, the type and the arrangement of
reinforcement, and the shape of the momentcurvature r e l a t i o n s h i p
j

j [53,54]

adopted
+

' .

Normally, the d u c t i l i t y of a beam s e c t i o n may be expressed as


a

curvature d u c t i l i t y

factor,

/0.

denotes

the maximum

e l a s t i c r o t a t i o n , or y i e l d r o t a t i o n , which i s the curvature when


the t e n s i o n reinforcement
strength;

i n the beam f i r s t

reaches

i s the maximum allowable r o t a t i o n

the y i e l d

which i s the

u l t i m a t e curvature normally defined f o r unconfined concrete as the


curvature when the concrete compression s t r a i n o f the beam reaches
a s p e c i f i e d l i m i t i n g value.
As a r e s u l t of the bending

and a x i a l

deformations

of the

s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s , the laminae at any l e v e l w i l l undergo a r o t a t i o n


throughout an angle 0 as shown i n F i g .
elastic,

the r o t a t i o n

i s directly

shear q, which i s given by

3.8(a).

When the lamina i s

proportional

to the laminar

At

the

elastoplastic

stage,

the

momentcurvature

r e l a t i o n s h i p f o r the l i n t e l beams can be i d e a l i z e d to the b i l i n e a r


relationship
bi l i n e a r

presented

form

i n F i g . 3.4.

of simpl i f i c a t ion

I t i s evident that the

ignores only the upper

yield

s t r e n g t h and the increase i n stress due to s t r a i n hardening, so


that

this

bi linear

successful

degree

momentcurvature
of approximation

relationship

can give EL

i n the general p r a c t i c a l

[55]
CEIS6S

When the laininar shear


hinges

occur

at the ends

reaches

the value q^ the p l a s t i c

of the lamina.

The corresponding

r o t a t i o n , i . e . the y i e l d r o t a t i o n , may be expressed as:


-

If

= T||T~ q
12EI u
b

the external

loads are further

region

be formed

central

downwards;

wi 11

(3.39)

increased, the p l a s t i c

and then

spread

upwards and

hence EL p l a s t i c lamina w i l l undergo a d d i t i o n a l p l a s t i c

r o t a t i o n , 0 , as shown i n Fig* 3-8(b).


P
Substituting

Eq,(3.38)

into

the f o l l o w i n g

compatibility

equation,

dx

12EI,u

+ A^ )
-s = 0
T
d
x

E A,

(3.40)

the laminar r o t a t i o n at any l e v e l of the structure becomes:

Ar

dd

II

) T d x - s]/b

93

(3.41)

By d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n y i n each region,


then

substituting

dy/dx

and corresponding

axial

force

Eq.(3.41), i t i s possible t o formulate the descriptions

into

of laminar

r o t a t i o n w i t h i n each e l a s t i c and p l a s t i c region.


Differentiating
force T

Eq. (3.35)

substituting

dy /dx

and

axial

i n t o Eq,(3-41) and s i m p l i f y i n g y i e l d s the d e s c r i p t i o n of

iEimiriar r o t a t i o n w i t h i n the e l a s t i c upper region, given by

a
0 = c8 - e^H [B sinhax - C (S - coshax)
t
bo
bEI y t
t d

2a H

Similarly,

+ H D ^
2
id
b
a

substituting

dy /dx

(3.42)

and

axial

force

Eq.(3.41) and s i m p l i f y i n g y i e l d s the d e s c r i p t i o n

Te

into

of the laminar

r o t a t i o n w i t h i n the p l a s t i c c e n t r a l region, given by

+ B!T{ 2 -

P V

(3.43)

"+f - i

+W

wh6r6

Y = ^ j ( 8 H x - 6H x +

x +

^(3H x 3Hx + x )

+(2Hx

x )
(3.44)

And the laminar r o t a t i o n w i t h i n the e l a s t i c lower region can be


given by:

= - E ! T | [V

s h a x

) ]

+ g

+ P

(3.45)

94

The maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r ,

at the wallbeam

Junction i s defined as

(3.46)
y

It

i s obvious

that the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n , ^

= ^ +

max

0pme)c, w i l l occur i n the p l a s t i c central region, and i t s p o s i t i o n


can

be

readily

determined

by d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g

respect t o x and equating

i t to zero.

Eq.(3.43)

with

I t i s noted that the

p o s i t i o n of the maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y i s the same as that


of the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n .
Once the p o s i t i o n of the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n , x

is

mr

obtained, i t i s p o s s i b l e t o evalute the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n ,


0 a n d t o derive the f u l l expression of the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l t y
f a c t o r given as follows:
0

l Y,(x
,
- L
a r Tr n, x
)
bEI2
mr
y

ycmax

.
+

q ,(x,x

- x2 / 2 ) ]

(3 . 47)

} 4 e - ( A c K

1c,

in

which, M

and T

"

can be evaluted by using Eqs. (2.34) and

(3.23) r e s p e c t i v e l y .
The

experimental

investigsit ions

by Paulay

'

indicated

that the arrangement of reinforcement has an important influence


on

the duct i 1 i t y

and

useful

strength

of

spandre1

beams.

Conventionally r e i n f o r c e d spandrel beams ( F i g . 3.9) possess l i t t l e


rotational

ductility,

but diagonally r e i n f o r c e d spandrel beams

95

(Fig.

3.10)

are formed to provide very high d u c t i l i t y c a p a c i t y .

Hence, the value of r o t a t i o n a l


arrangement

of

re i nforcement

d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r varies as
in

the

spandre1

the

beams.

The

r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r w i l l have a value of about 4 f o r the


t r a d i t i o n a l s t e e l arrangement but of 12 and more f o r the s p e c i a l
diagonal arrangement of reinforcement i n the spandrel beams.

The

design and a n a l y s i s of such a diagonally r e i n f o r c e d spandrel beam


i s presented i n d e t a i l i n reference [ 2 2 .

3.24

Method of s o l u t i o n
For any

lateral

load a c t i n g on coupled shear walls i n

which some of the connecting laminae are stressed to the y i e l d


values, there are unique corresponding values of the
between the e l a s t i c and p l a s t i c regions.
boundaries
iterative

corresponding
procedure.

The

to

each

boundaries

Determination of these

applied

load

method of s o l u t i o n

requires

an

i s presented

as

follows:
(1) The upper l e v e l of p l a s t i c i t y x

i s i n i t i a l l y chosen at a

s p e c i f i c p o s i t i o n which i s s i t u a t e d between the


x

and

H, where x

msx

represents the

level

level

of maximum

e l a s t i c laminar shear which can be found i n the e l a s t i c


analysis.
(2) With the value of x t h e corresponding value of can
be evaluted by using Eq. (3.14).

This i s r e a d i l y achieved

by the NewtonRaphson method.

Therefore, the value of

laminar

shear

q i n the

position

determined by using Eq.(3.17).

96

x = can

then

be

(3) I f the value of

i s equal to the ultimate laminar

shear, q , the l e v e l s of x
u

and x w i l l
2

be regarded as
e

the heights of the interfaces between the e l a s t i c and


p l a s t i c zones, so that the computation may be terminated.
However, i f the value of qfll
of

i s not equal to the value

q^ a new upper l e v e l of x

has t o be chosen again,

and then the procedure i s repeated.

C l e a r l y , i f the q | x x i s greater or smaller than q^ a new


value of x 2 which i s smaller or greater than that chosen before,
should be adopted.
This

procedure

enables

the

relationship

between

the

e x t e r n a l loads and the spread of the p l a s t i c region i n laminEte due


to

the propagation o f the forming of the p l a s t i c hinges i n the

lintel
the

beams throughout

exact

values

of

the s t r u c t u r e , t o be e s t a b l i s h e d .
x

and

the

internal

forces

With
and

deformations of a coupled shear wall at the e l a s t o p l a s t i c stage


can be achieved.

3.2.2

Two-Region Case with P l a s t i c Upper Region


A three-region case with a p l a s t i c c e n t r a l region of an

elasto-plastic
after
With

coupled wall

system

the occurrence of p l a s t i c
further

central

presents a common s i t u a t i o n

hinges

i n the coupling beams.

loading, however, i t i s possible f o r the p l a s t i c

region to spread and eventually reach the top of the

structure,

creating

a two-region

97

system

with a p l a s t i c

upper

region as shown i n F i g . 3.6.

In f a c t , when coupled shear walls

r e s t on a r i g i d foundation, the p l a s t i c c e n t r a l region w i l l spread


to the top before i t spreads to the bottom of the structure;

or

when a concerrtrated load acts at the top of the s t r u c t u r e , the


maximum laminar shear w i l l occur at the top and hence the spread
of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n w i l l s t a r t from the top and then move downwards.
This w i l l r e s u l t i n a two-region case, a p l a s t i c upper region and
an e l a s t i c lower r e g i o n with a boundary between the e l a s t i c

and

p l a s t i c zone at the l e v e l of x

Axial force suid laminar shear


1. P i a s t i c t/pper Region

In

this

p l a s t i c hinges form at the ends of a l l the laminae.


of

the laminar shear has a constant value and

region,

The magnitude

i s equal to the

u l t i m a t e laminar shear

tp

- q

(3.48)

The a x i a l force i n the walls i n t h i s region becoms

- q (H - x)

(3.49)

With the value of ultimate

laminar shear q , the laminar

tp

shear and a x i a l force i n t h i s region can be obtained conveniently.


2. s s t i c Lower Region ( 0 ^

In t h i s region, the

l i n t e l beams behave e l a s t i c a l l y , and the governing equation can be


developed i n the same form as Eq.(2.42)

98

dx
in

which

the s t r u c t u r a l

- (A&=

parameter

ct and 3r are presented

in

Eqs.(2.14) and (2.15).


On s o l v i n g the governing

equation, the complete s o l u t i o n i s

given by

+M + H~

== B&coshcoc + C ^ i n h a x

The corresponding

(3.51)

lEtminar shear can then be derived by using

the equation, q = dT/dx and espressed as

L(M'
The

integrsitiori constants

(3.52)

and

can be determined by

c o n s i d e r i n g the boundary conditions at the l e v e l

of

and the

bass.
I t i s evident that the boundary conditions at the l e v e l of x
and the base of the s t r u c t u r e are the same as that described i n
the threeregion case with a p l a s t i c c e n t r a l zone, so that the
constants

and C have the same form as B a n d Cpresented i n

Eqs.(3.19) and (3.25), but the d i f f e r e n c e l i e s i n the value of


In the threeregion case with a p l a s t i c c e n t r a l region,

=T2

+ qu(x2

whereas i n the tworegion case with a p l a s t i c upper region,

99

T, = q (H 1
u

(3.53)

x
1

Therefore, the i n t e g r a t i o n constants are given by

T, - CC sinhax
1

L(M

a + (+)anhax1

where

WX
e1

u/a )

a H

jwH/2+uH+P - +
L
a H

+s (1 - ^
j)|M
y r l eOn

+ M J/coshax,
e1

(+
k

(3.54a)

a H

(3.54b)

i s presented i n Eq.(3.53).

Lateratl d e f l e c t i o n
Once the

axial

force

i n the

walls

within

each region i s

determined, by i n t e g r a t i n g the momentcurvature r e l a t i o n s h i p twice


and employing the corresponding boundary conditions given by

dx

I x=o

e|x=o

dx

|x=x,
1

(3.55a)
o

(3.55b)

=0

dx

100

|x=x,
i
1

(3.55c)

(3.5Sd)

the

l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s at any l e v e l i n the e l a s t i c lower region

and

the p l a s t i c

upper

region

can be derived

respectively

as

follows:

y = 0 x + l S ) Y

y = 6 x +

+ [ B 1 coshox) + C ax - sinhax)

(3.56)

6a H

2a J

- [q (HxV2 x V 6 ) - D, x - D,}^/EI

(3.57)

whsrs

1p

= q (Hx
u
1

&

2
WX
!a

( R

UX

2a H

D2p = ,u
q (Hx
/2 - x
/6)
1
1

wx
y(R, + +

/a
_^L)
2

B&(coshax, - 1 ) + ( ^ ( s i n h a x , - a

ux
~4)

1p 1

101

By putting x=H

into Eq. (3.57) the top d r i f t of the

structure

can be r e a d i l y obtained:
4

llwH
uH
"T2S" + T

PH
+

/ 3

By use of Eqs.(3.56) and

Dn

Hw

1 p

:
V /EI

(3.58)

(3.57) the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n of an

e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled wall system with a p l a s t i c upper region and


an e l a s t i c lower region can be determined.

Rotational

ducti1ity

As given i n Eq.(3.41) the laminar r o t a t i o n at any

l e v e l of

the s t r u c t u r e i s

and

tp

1IA

yfl

1IA-

ylx
did

.
0
-

Differentiating

)j Tdx - s]/b

presented

(3.57) and

s u b s t i t u t i n g dy&/dx, dy^/dx and

force Tfl T

tp

in

Eqs. (3.56)

and

corresponding a x i a l

into Eq.(3.41), the laminar r o t a t i o n i n the e l a s t i c

lower region can be derived as:

=-E!T{ ?[ V - (

+ EI

c)

(3.S9)

while i n the plststic lower region,

102

P -

E9 +

Y, EET,2
y

5
5

(Hx -x /2) + D

1p_

(3.60)

Therefore, the maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r can be found as

tpmax

fen
T^T[Y,(x
) - y H x
(JD 0 + b
EI
2 mr

mr

-xmr/2)

(3.61)

- i K

where x i s the p o s i t i o n o f maximum laminar r o t a t i o n which can be


mr
achieved

by d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g Eq. (3.60)

with

repect

to x and

equating to zero.

Method of s o l u t i o n
S i m i l a r to that described i n Section 3 . 2 4 , the p o s i t i o n of
the i n t e r f a c e between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions, x i s
obtained by the f o l l o w i n g
(1) The value o f

procedures:
i s i n i t i a l l y chosen at the l e v e l of H.

(2) By s u b s t i t u t i n g x = into Eq. (3.52) the laminar

shear

qfl ,

can then be determined.


s X=X,
(3) I f the value o f qfl i
i s equal t o the ultimate lstminar
i

shear, x

wi 11 be regarded as the boundary between the

e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions.


may be terminated.
not equal t o
that

chosen

Then the computation

However, i f the value of q ^ i ^ i s

a new value of x w h i c h i s l e s s e r than


before,

should

103

be

adopted.

Then the

procedure i s repeated.
With the exact value of x,, the i n t e r n a l f o r c e s , deformations
and the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y of the laminae f o r an e l a s t o - p l a s t i c
coupled shear

wall

system

with SL p l a s t i c

upper region and an

e l a s t i c lower r e g i o n can be achieved conveniently.

3.2.3

Two-Region Case with a P l a s t i c Lower Region


In

the e l a s t i c

soialysis

of coupled

shear

walls,

as

described i n Chapter 2, i t i s indicated that when the structure i s


supported on a f l e x i b l e foundation, the laminEt at the base l e v e l
will

be h i g h l y s t r e s s e d .

Hence, with the increase of external

loads, i t i s p o s s i b l e f o r the lowest lamina to reach the ultimate


1 aminar shear and then spread upwards from
This w i l l

result

i n a tworegion system

r e g i o n and an e l a s t i c

the base posit ion.

with a p l a s t i c

upper region ( F i g . 3.7).

between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c

lower

The boundary

regions i s located at the

l e v e l of x .

Axial force and leoniriar shear


1. M a s t i c t/pperegion (^^c^O.
lintel

In t h i s region, the

beams behave e l a s t i c a l l y , and the governing equation i s

developed i n the same form as Eq.(2.42)


2

d T*
~ ~ dx

2
a ! = -

(3.62)

On s o l v i n g the governing equation, the complete s o l u t i o n i s


given by

104

Tite = Btecoshax + Cte sinhax

-(M

wx

(3.63)

while the corresponding laminar shear i s

q
te

The

w
a HJ

B cesinhccx + C cccoshocx + L(M'


te
te
2 e
.
a

i n t e g r a t i o n constants B

and C
te

(3.64)

can be determined

by

te

c o n s i d e r i n g the boundary conditions at the top of the structure


and the l e v e l of x .
2

It i s evident that the boundary conditions at the l e v e l s of H


and x

are the same as that described i n the three-region case

w i t h a p l a s t i c c e n t r a l zone, so that the constants B

and C
te

take

the same form

as the constants

and C

te

presented i n

Eqs. (3.5) and (3.7) do. Thus,


B

=
te

te

= C tanhaH

y(w + u)

(3.65a

te

1/a
anhaH sinhax

coshax I

u(H x j + P

w + u

2. E l a s t i c Lower Region

(":).

a H

(3.65b)

In

t h i s region, the

magnitude of the laminar shear has a constant value and i s equal


to the ultimate laminar shear,

105

(3.66)

The a x i a l force i n the walls becomes

where T i s the a x i a l

force

(3.67)

at the l e v e l

of x

and

can

be

determined from Eq.(3.63) by l e t t i n g x=x,.

Lateral deflection
By i n t e g r a t i n g the moment-curvature r e l a t i o n s h i p twice and
employing the corresponding boundary conditions,

dx

yn i

(3.68a)

x=o
=

(3.68b)

dx

(3-68c)

dx

(3.68d)

The l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n s at any l e v e l i n the e l a s t i c lower region


and

the p l a s t i c

upper

region

can be

follows:

106

derived

respectively

as

yp= ex + - [T,x?2 + q..(x,xV2 - x " 6 ) ^ / E I

" te

= 8nx + " ( I - S J Y , / - [ B
0
1
d
1

^ r& ( ~ T ~ + ) ] / a
a 6H'
2H

(3.69)

coshocx + C sinhax

te

te

+ D, x + D_ k E I
1q

(3.70)

2q

whsrs

B sinhax^ + C coshax^ + i ( R
te
2
te
2 a 3

2q

X
2

2a H

a:

6a H

2a

/ 2 )
2

B coshax + C sinhax, + y(R,


te

te

x:/2 + q x:/3) - D, x
u2
1q 2

2 2

By p u t t i n g x=H into Eq. (3.70), the top d r i f t of the structure


can be r e a d i l y obtained:

C tesiH +

(t + f)/a
2

"2

107

D
1q

H + 2q.
D,-/EI

(3.71)

By using Eqs.(3.69) and

(3.70), the

l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n of

e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled wall system with a p l a s t i c lower region and


an e l a s t i c upper region, can be determined.

Rotational duct i 1 i t y
As described i n Eq.(3.41) the laminar r o t a t i o n at any

level

of the s t r u c t u r e i s given by

LLA

y X
d d

II

Differentiating

y0

and

cp

)J Tdx - s]/b
v

te

presented

in

Eqs. (3.69)

(3.70), Eind s u b s t i t u t i n g dy^/dx, dy /dx arid corresponding


cp

f o r c e s Tfl T

te

te

and
axial

into Eq.(3.41) r e s p e c t i v e l y , the laminar r o t a t i o n

i n the p l a s t i c lower region can be derived as

(3.72)

while i n the e l a s t i c upper region, i t i s :

= |e

b 0

- i ^ B
bEI

2a H

|j

sinhax - C ( S - coshctx)]

te

te

(3.73)

Therefore, the maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r can be found as

108

an

:pmax

bEI

'Y,(x ) - [ [ T , x
5

K e b"eO

2 mr

+ q (xx

u 2

- x /2)]

(3.74)

where x

i s the p o s i t i o n of maximum laminar r o t a t i o n which can be

achieved

by d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g Eq(3.72)

mr

with

respect

to x and

equating i t t o zero.

Method of s o l u t i o n
S i m i l a r to that described i n Section 3.2.2, the p o s i t i o n , x
of the i n t e r f a c e between the p l a s t i c and the e l a s t i c regions i s
obtained by the f o l l o w i n g

procedures:

(1) The value of x i s i n i t i a l l y chosen at base l e v e l .


(2) By s u b s t i t u t i n g x=x into Eq. (3.64) the laminar
q

te I x=x2

shear

can then be determinedL

(3) I f the value of q ,

i s equal t o the ultimate laminar

te j ;c=x

shear, then x
the

i s the boundary between the e l a s t i c and

p l a s t i c regions.

The computation

However, i f the value of q p |


e

new

value

before,

o f x , which

should

may terminate.

i s not equal t o q a
x = x,

i s greater than

be adopted.

Then

that

chosen

the procedure i s

repeated.
With the exact value of x , the i n t e r n a l forces,

deformations

and the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y of the laminae f o r an e l a s t o p l a s t i c

109

coupled shear wall system with a p l a s t i c lower zone and an e l a s t i c


upper zone can be achieved conveniently.

3.3

PRESENTATION OF DESIGN CHARTS AND NUMERICAL EXAMPLE

The equations representing the a x i a l force i n the w a l l s , the


laminar shear, the top d r i f t of the structure and the r o t a t i o n a l
d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the l i n t e l beams i n Section 3.2, can be used
to

a s s i s t the design and a n a l y s i s o f an e l a s t o p l a s t i c coupled

shear wall system.

3.3.1

Design Charts
In

t h i s s e c t i o n , a set of comprehensive design charts i s

presented f o r the e l a s t o p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s o f coupled shear walls


which

are supported

uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d

on EL r i g i d

foundation and subjected to a

load along the s t r u c t u r a l height.

design curves can be used to determine

These

the a x i a l force i n the

w a l l s at base l e v e l , the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at the top of the


s t r u c t u r e , the p o s i t i o n s of interfaces between the e l a s t i c and the
p l a s t i c regions, the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the l i n t e l
beams, and the l e v e l of maximum laminar rotationIn

the des i gn

chart s a l 1

of the des i gn

parameters are

expressed as a f u n c t i o n of the parameter r which represents a


q

measure o f p l a s t i f i c a t i o n of the laminae, and i s defined as

110

(3.75)

where q i s the maximum e 1 ast i c 1 aminar shear produced by the


ultimate l a t e r a l external load u

ult

1, the maximum e l a s t i c

I t i s evident that i f r =
q

laminar shear q

reaches the ultimate

laminar shear
3.3).

and the f i r s t p l a s t i c hinge w i l l be formed ( F i g .

I f qu i s l e s s than qmax that i s rq < 1, the pfl a s t i c hinges


o

w i l l form at both ends of the laminae over a portion of the e n t i r e


structural

height

( F i g . 3.5).

I t i s clear

that parameter

r
q

i n d i c a t e s the degree of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n of the laminae.


of

indicates

that

the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

coupled

3Low value

shear

walls

possess a r e l a t i v e l y large p l a s t i c region, whereas high value of


indicates that the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled shear walls possess a
small p l a s t i c region.

A l l the design curves are presented f o r the

values ranging from 0.3 to 0.9 f o r parameter , and from 2 to 12


f o r parameter K.
Fig.

3.11 shows the maximum e l a s t i c

laminar shear and the

corresponding p o s i t i o n s f o r d i f f e r e n t values of the s t r u c t u r a l


parameter K.

I t can be seen that the value of the maximum laminar

shear w i l l increase as K increases.

In f a c t , the higher the value

of parameter K the larger the effectiveness of the l i n t e l beams,


so that the l i n t e l beams with a high value of K can take more
shear f o r c e .

I t i s also seen that the p o s i t i o n of the maximum

laminar shear ranges

from the l e v e l

of about 0.2 to CK5 the

s t r u c t u r a l height, and w i l l come down with an increase i n K.


F i g s . 3.12 and 3.13 e x i b i t the v a r i a t i o n of the boundaries

I l l

between

the e l a s t i c

and the p l a s t i c

regions,

x,H

against the parameter r f o r d i f f e r e n t values of K.

and x 2 /H
I t i s shown

that the values i n the f i g u r e s w i l l decrease with an increase i n

and K. As a r e s u l t , the e n t i r e p l a s t i c region moves downwards.


Fig.

3. 14 shows the v a r i a t i o n

of the maximum r o t a t i c m a l

d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r JLI of the l i n t e l beams against the parameter r


q

f o r d i f f e r e n t values of K.

F i g . 3.15 gives the r e l a t i v e heights

of the maximum lajninar r o t a t i o n .

I t i s seen that the p o s i t i o n of

the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n i s at a l e v e l roughly ranging


0.3

from

t o 0.8 the s t r u c t u r a l height, depending on the magnitudes of

the parameters and K.


F i g . 3. 16 presents the a x i a l force i n the walls at the base
level.

I t i s seen that values of T w i l l decrease with a decrease


0

of .

I t i s i n d i c a t e d that the spread of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n can

reduce the a x i a l f o r c e i n the w a l l s .

F i g s . 3.17 and 3.18 show the

top d r i f t of the s t r u c t u r e corresponding


s t i f f n e s s S = 0 . 7 and 1.0.

t o the r e l a t i v e

lateral

I t i s evident that the top d r i f t w i l l

increase with the spread of the p l a s t i c region.


The

design charts presented may be employed to analyze and

assess the e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour o f coupled shear w a l l s .

For

the case o f the a n a l y s i s of an e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled wall system,


with

the given

values

o f the ultimate

laminar

shear

q" the

maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the coupling beams p and


the dimensions of the structure used to determine the s t r u c t u r a l
parameter K and the ultimate l a t e r a l load the s t r u c t u r e i s able
to c a r r y can be ccmveniently

obtained.

follows:

112

The procedures are as

(1) With the geometrical dimensions and s t r u c t u r a l p r o p e r t i e s


of

the

structure,

the

value

of

can

be

readily

determined.
(2) With the given value of /i which i s assessed according to
the

beam dimensions

reinforcement

and

i n the

the

type

beams, the

of

arrangement

parameter r

can

of
be

obtained from F i g . 3. 14.


(3) From Eq. (3.75),

r q

==

max

Hy/a

uIt

max

the ultimate l a t e r a l load can be determined

u, =
ult

* ~
*
r q

(3.76)

(3) According to the values of r

and K, the r e l a t i v e height

of the

by

Hy/a
ti

interface

msx

between the e l a s t i c

and

the

plastic

regions, and the p o s i t i o n of the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n


can

be

obtained

from

Figs.

3.12,

3.13

and

3.15

respectively.
Otherwise, f o r the design of an e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled shear
w a l l system, the procedure may be adopted as follows:
(1) From the e x i s t i n g design code, i t i s possible to obtain
the

i n t e n s i t y of external load u and

the

load f a c t o r

y , so that the external load f o r design can be expressed

113

(2) The s t r u c t u r a l parameter r becomes


q

msx

(3) With r and K the value of fx can be obtained from F i g .


3. 14.

On the other hand, the magnitude of | i may be

assessed by the designer according to the beam s i z e and


the type and arrangement of reinforcement i n the beam.
I f the value of

obtained from F i g . 3. 14 i s larger than

that assessed by the designer, the dimensions

and the

r a t i o of reinforcement of the beam should be revised,


whereas

i f s m a l l e r , the beam s i z e

and the r a t i o of

reinforcement are considered to be s u i t a b l e to r e s i s t the


external load.
(4) Using the values of r

and K, the a x i a l force i n the

w a l l s at the base l e v e l and the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at the


top of the s t r u c t u r e can be determined from F i g s . 3.16
3. 17 and 3. 18.
The design charts make i t possible t o evaluate d i r e c t l y the
ultimate l a t e r a l

load of the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled shear walls

f o r a given maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u t i l i t y f a c t o r
beams.

of the coupling

I t may be very useful i n p r a c t i c e to give engineers a tool

to c o n t r o l the ultimate load through the design of the beam s i z e


and the arrangement of reinforcement i n the beams.

114

3-3-2

Numericail Example
For

illustration,

S e c t i o n 2.3.2

the

example

structure

described

and shown i n F i g . 2.25 i s used again.

in

It i s assumed

that the s t r u c t u r e i s subjected to a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d load


w i t h i n t e n s i t y of 25 kN/m.
chosen

to

be

1.6.

The

The

load f a c t o r f o r the design i s

ultimate

laminar

shear,

q of

the

s t r u c t u r e may be given by
q

= 2M /(bh)
u

where M the ultimate f l e x u r a l strength of the l i n t e l beams, can


u

be

determined

design

t56

'

57]

according

to

the

stipulation

In t h i s case, the value of q

of

the

code f o r

i s found to be

53

kN/m.
Table 3. 1 presents a comparison of the r o t a t i o n a l

ductility

f a c t o r /i degree of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n , ultimate l a t e r a l load, the


base a x i a l force i n the wal I s , and the top d r i f t of the example
s t r u c t u r e , between the r e a l and the assessed cases.
case (u = 25 kN/m), the value of r

For the r e a l

can be determined

by using

Eq. (3.77).

The d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r /LI can then be found i n F i g .

3.14.

On the other hand, i f the d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r p i s assessed to be 6


according to p r a c t i c a l s i t u a t i o n f o r design and d e t a i l i n g i n the
s t r u c t u r e , the value of r

can be obtained from F i g . 3.14, and the


q

ultimate l a t e r a l load, u

, of the structure i s then

determined

by using Eq.(3.76).
It can be seen from Table 3.1 that when the assessed value of
p i s chosen to be 6 the ultimate l a t e r a l load of the structure i s

115

equal t o 30.9 kN/m.

I t i s c l e a r that because the magnitude o f ji

f o r the r e a l case i s only 60% of that f o r the assessed case, and


the

actual

lateral

l a t e r a l load (25 kN/m) i s smaller than the ultimate

load (30.9 kN/m) the example structure,

theoretically,

may be considered t o r e s i s t more external l a t e r a l loads but does


not lead t o f a i l u r e .
The r e l a t i v e heights o f the interface between the e l a s t i c and
the

p l a s t i c regions, x / H and x /H

are r e a d i l y

obtained from

F i g s . 3.12 and 3.13. The p o s i t i o n of the maximum laminar r o t a t i o n


x

mr

3.4

can be determined by using F i g . 3.15.

EFFECT OF DEFORMABLE FOUNDATIONS

When r e s t i n g on a deformable foundation with both v e r t i c a l


and

r o t a t ional

st i f f n e s s

coupled

shear

walIs

wi11 undergo

s i g n i f i c a n t changes i n the i n t e r n a l forces and deformations. I t


i s because the foundation s t i f f n e s s has a d i r e c t influence on the
structural

behaviour

coupled wall system.

of e i t h e r

an e l a s t i c

or e l a s t o p l a s t i c

The previous investigations

'

indicated

that the a x i a l force i n the walls w i l l decrease as the v e r t i c a l


foundation s t i f f n e s s decreases, and the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n
increase as the r o t a t i o n a l

foundation s t i f f n e s s decreases.

will
In

e l a s t o p l a s t i c s t a t e , the maximum r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y factor of


the

l i n t e l beams w i l l

decrease with a decrease o f the v e r t i c a l

foundation s t i f f n e s s and an increase of the r o t a t i o n a l foundation


283

stiffness .
In order t o i l l u s t r a t e the e f f e c t o f f l e x i b l e foundations on

116

the

e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour o f coupled shear w a l l s , a t y p i c a l

coupled shear wall structure i s analyzed as an example.


assumed that the example structure i s subjected

to a

It i s

uniformly

d i s t r i b u t e d load with an i n t e n s i t y of 15 kN/m along the s t r u c t u r a l


height

The geometrical dimensions and s t r u c t u r a l properties of

t h i s s t r u c t u r e are as follows:
Total height H = 60 m
Storey height h = 3 m
Distance between c e n t r o i d a l axes of walls = 10 m,
Clear span o f l i n t e l beams = 2 m

A = a
1

:=I
1

= 4 m

A = A, +
1

= 6

42.6 m 4

= 21.3 nT

0.00154 m ,
6

= 15 x 10 KN/m ,

= 30 KN/m.

With a comprehensive range of values of v e r t i c a l foundation


stiffness

K
s

calculations
bending

and

determine

are performed to

moment

deflection

foundation

rotational

i n the walls

stiffness
the a x i a l

at the base

at the top of the structure

level,

K ,
r

the

force and
the l a t e r a l

and the r o t a t i o n a l

d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the l i n t e l beams.
F i g s . 3.19 and 3.20 show the e f f e c t of f l e x i b l e foundations
on the axiad force and bending moment i n the wal Is at the base
level respectively.

I t can be seen that the a x i a l force becomes

l a r g e r and the bending moment smaller

-117

with an increase

o f the

vertical

foundation s t i f f n e s s and a decrease of the r o t a t i o n a l

foundation s t i f f n e s s .

I t i s also

shown that the change of the

foundation s t i f f n e s s has only a l i t t l e influence on the base a x i a l


f o r c e and bending moment i n the walls i n e l a s t o - p l a s t i c s t a t e .
Fig.
lateral

3.21 shows the e f f e c t


deflection

at

the

of f l e x i b l e foundations on the

top of

the

structure.

It i s

demonstrated that the top d r i f t i s s u b s t a n t i a l l y reduced when the


magnitude of the r o t a t i o n a l foundation s t i f f n e s s increases. On the
other hand, the v e r t i c a l foundation s t i f f n e s s has l i t t l e

influence

on the top d r i f t of the structure.


Fig.

3.22 presents the v a r i a t i o n of the maximum r o t a t i o n a l

ducti1ity
vertical
that

factor

of the l i n t e l

and r o t a t i o n a l

the foundation

beams f o r d i f f e r e n t

foundation s t i f f n e s s .

I t can be shown

s t i f f n e s s has a d i r e c t

influence

r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the l i n t e l beams.
of

the v e r t i c a l foundation

rotational
lintel

and an

have a d i s t i n c t reduction.

that the v a r i a t i o n

of the r o t a t i o n a l

increase

of the

factor

of the

I t i s also shown

ducti 1 i t y

to the change of the r o t a t i o n a l

on the

With a decrease

s t i f f n e s s , the rotationsil d u c t i l i t y

beams w i l l

sensitive

stiffness

values of

factor

i s more

foundation s t i f f n e s s

than that of the v e r t i c a l foimdation s t i f f n e s s .

3.5

EFFECT OF STIFFENING BEAM

It has been indicated i n Chapter 2 that the incorporation of


a

s t i f f e n i ng

structural

beam

behavior

i nt o

coupled

considerably,

118

shear

wal1s

resulting

may

affect

the

i n reducing

the

maximum shear force i n the l i n t e l beams, the base moinent i n the


w a l l s and the top d r i f t of the s t r u c t u r e .
variation

of the laminar

shear

l o c a t i o n s of the s t i f f e n i n g beam.

F i g . 3.23 shows the

f o r the cases

of

different

Because a great reduction i n

the laminar shear i s achieved by introducing the s t i f f e n i n g beam


into

coupled shear w a l l s , the occurence of the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

s t at e of t he s t ruet ure

may be de 1 ayed i mp 1 y i ng

t hat

t he 1 oad

capacity of the s t r u c t u r e can be r a i s e d .


In order t o demonstrstte the e f f e c t of s t i f f e n i n g beam on the
elastoplastic

behaviour of coupled shear walIs the case of a

coupled shearwall

structure

strengthened by a s t i f f e n i n g beam

placed at the top of the s t r u c t u r e i s investigated.

I t can be

shown that the i n s e r t i o n of the s t i f f e n i n g beam between two s o l i d


w a l l s not only enhance the a x i a l force i n the w a l l s and reduce the
lateral

d e f l e c t i o n s , but a l s o

reduce the end r o t a t i o n of the

l i n t e l beams e f f e c t i v e l y .

j[astic Behaviour,

For the s t i f f e n e d

coupled

shear-wall

s t r u c t u r e shown i n F i g . 2.1, the a x i a l force i n the walls and the


laminar shear have been given i n Eqs. (2.18),
(2.22).

(2.19) (2.21) and

I f the s t i f f e n i n g beam i s located at the top l e v e l of the

s t r u c t u r e , the a x i a l force i n the walls becomes

T = Bs coshox + Cs sinhax + ^y(M


+ ^2 +
2
e
2
a
a
a H
while the laminar shear i s

119

(3.78)

q = B asinhax

where

Bg

C cccoshax + L(m'
s
2

and are the i n t e g r a t i o n

(3.79)

+
2

constants

which can be

determined by considering the boundary conditions of the top and


the bottom of the s t r u c t u r e .
At the top of the s t r u c t u r e , the a x i a l force i n the walls i s
equal to the shear force i n the s t i f f e n i n g beam which i s given i n
Eq. (2.8).

Thus,

the boundary

condition

at the top of the

s t r u c t u r e i s then given by
(3.80)

T(H) = S H q(H)

Letting

x=H

and s u b s t i t u t i n g

Eqs.(3.78)

and (3.79)

into

(3.80) and s i m p l i f y i n g , the i n t e g r a t i o n constant B i s obtained as

(3.81a)

S ,

whsr6

a (coshoH + aS HsinhaH)

S (cA

- w - u

tanhaH + aS H
M

It

1 + aS tanhaH

i s noted that i f there i s no s t i f f e n i n g beam, that i s

S =0 Eq.(3.81a) can be reduced to Eq.(2.44a).

120

The boundary c o n d i t i o n at the base l e v e l i s the same as that


described i n Eq.(2.30), so that the i n t e g r a t i o n constant C can be
s

obtained from Eq.(2.33) and given by

C = ?

(3.81b)

where the c o e f f i c i e n t s fx and fx are presented i n Eq. (2.33).


The expression of the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n has the same form as
Eq.(2.39) and given by

(1 - S )L(x) +
a

(x) - S
d

(+

2a

J2 ^ )
6a H

(3.82)

A = B (1 coshax) + C (ax sinhax)

and S a n d L(x) are found i n Eqs. (2.39) and (2.40).


d

JastoP_Zastic Behavi our,


into

coupled

shear

When i n s e r t i n g a top s t i f f e n i n g beam

walls,

the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

s t r u c t u r e i s s i m i l a r to that presented

behaviour

of the

i n Section 3.2, but the

d i f f e r e n c e l i e s i n the boundary c o n d i t i o n at the top.


case, the boundary c o n d i t i o n i s as that given i n Eq.

In t h i s

(3.80)

T(H) = S H q(H)
m
For the three-region case with a p l a s t i c c e n t r a l region, the
equations

f o r determining

the a x i a l

force

i n the w a l l s , the

laminar shear, the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n and the laminar r o t a t i o n a l

121

d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r f o r each region are the same as the corresponding


equations presented i n Section 3.2 with the constant B

replaced

by B s given i n Eq.(3.81a).
In the i n v e s t i g a t i o n , a set of charts i s presented to show
the

e f f e c t of the top s t i f f e n i n g

beam cm the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

behaviour of coupled shear w a l l s .


F i g s . 3.24 and 3.25 show the v a r i a t i o n of the boundaries
between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions, x,H and x/H, f o r
d i f f e r e n t values of S .

I t can be seen that with the l i n t e l beams

of usual r e l a t i v e r i g i d i t y , say K = 4 the i n s e r t i o n of the top


s t i f f e n i n g beam has l i t t l e influence on the values of x,H, while
induces

great

reduction

i n the value

of

X
2

/ H thereby

e f f e c t i v e l y r e s t r a i n i n g the upward spread of the p l a s t i f i c a t i o n .


Fig.

3.26 shows the v a r i a t i o n

of the maximum

rotational

d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the l i n t e l beams f o r d i f f e r e n t values of S^.


It

i s evident

that

when the parameter < 0.6 the maximum

r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r has a d i s t i n c t reduction.

I t implies

that by introducing the s t i f f e n i n g beam, the bearing capacity of


the

structure

effectively.
maximum

f o r ultimate

lateral

load

can be

sharpened

F i g . 3.27 shows the v a r i a t i c m of the p o s i t i o n of the

laminar

maximum laminar

rotation.

I t i s c l e a r that

rotation will

the l e v e l

of the

decrease with an increase of the

value of S^.
Fig.

3.28 e x h i b i t s the v a r i a t i o n of the base a x i a l force i n

the w a l l s f o r d i f f e r e n t values of r e l a t i v e f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t y S .
It

i s i n d i c a t e d that the a x i a l force i n the walls at the base

l e v e l i s s u b s t a n t i a l l y increased by incorporating the s t i f f e n i n g

122

beam

into

the s t r u c t u r e .

Figs.

3.29

and 3.30 e x h i b i t the

v a r i a t i o n of the top d r i f t when S = 0 . 7 and 1.0 r e s p e c t i v e l y .

It

can be seen that the a d d i t i o n of a s t i f f e n i n g beam into coupled


shear wal Is i s an e f f e c t i v e means f o r reducing the top d r i f t of
the

structure.

For example, when r

< 0.7 and K = 4 the

reduction
It
assist

i n the top d r i f t i s at least 24 percent.


i s obvious that F i g s . 3.24 to 3.30 can also be used to

i n the design of the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled shear

w i t h EL top s t i f f e n i n g beam.

123

walls

Table 3 1

Comparison of ductility factor, ultimate

lateral load and base axial force in walls and top


d r i f t between real and assessed cases:

Real
Assessed

aH = 5.113.

3.6

0.550

25

1998

13

0.447

30.9

2479

16

124

(kN/m)

0
(kN)

F i g . 3.1

F i g . 3.2

Complete f a i l u r e
shear walls

mechanism of coupled

Substitute structure of coupled shear walls and laminar


shear distribution(a) Substitute structure
(b) Case of r i g i d foundation
^
Case of f l e x i b l e foundation

125

F i g . 3.5

Variation of laminar shear f o r threeregion case with p l a s t i c central region

127

F i g . 3.6

Variation of laminar shear f o r two-region case


with p l a s t i c upper .region

128

(a)

(b)

3-8

(a)

E l a s t i c laminar notation

(b)

P l a s t i f i e d laminar rotation

129

.Fig. 3.9

Conventionally reinforced spandrel beam

F i g . 3.10

Diagonally reinforced spandrel beam

130

q,

10-

uH/a

F i g . 3.11

Max.imum e l a s t i c laminar shear and i t s position

131

/H

Relative height of lower boundary between e l a s t i c and plastic region

X/H
0.30

0.24

0.18

0.12

0.06

Relative height of upper boundary between e l a s t i c and p l a s t i c region,


X2/H

MaximuKrt l a m i n a r

rotational

ductility

"

factor,

y = 1
v

/<j>
Y

fT13X, '

Fig.

3.15

135

maximum l a mi n 3 . r

r d i :a.tion

V a r io
af
t
rieolna t i vhe
e i g h to
:f

Coefficient of axial force in wa"s

at base level

Fig.

137

3.17 V a r i a t
oifotno p
d

=
r a f(t
sa

0.7)

138

17.5

17

16.5 k

16
25x 10

Rotational foundation s t i f f n e s s kn(kNm/rad)


Fig- 3.19

E f f e c t of f l e x i b l e foundation on base
axial force in walls

100

95

90

85

80

25x 10
Rotational foundation s t i f f n e s s k (kNm/rad)

. F i g . 3.20

Effect of f l e x i b l e foundation on base


moment

139

16
OIXHJ

: d o L 5 . L : P 3 ^ 3 P

"0
s

KN/m)=0-25

^ ^ ^ / ^

= 0-5

0
2.5

'

10

= 2.5
25 x 10

Rotational foundation s t i f f n e s s k (kNm/rad)

F i g . 3.21

Effect of f l e x i b l e foundation on
l a t e r a l deflection at top

140

141

F i g . 3:23
-

18

2'7
q
=

10

36

45

-2

Variation of laminar shear for d i f f e r e n t locations


of s t i f f e n i n g beam

142

X/H
Relative height of lower boundary between e l a s t i c and p l a s t i c region,

0 .25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

K=
10

Co,
m

0 . 4

^\"

l-egend

Ai
0..3

Fig.

1,
10.

S3"

1,

10

0 . 6

0,

%\%1ax

0 . 5
1q I

143

0 . 7

3 . 2 4v a r i a tli o
ow
nbe o
orf
u nb
de
a t
r w
e
y leae
s t
ni c
and
p l a s .
r teigc i
f o
od
n
ri f f e r
re
en
l ta t i v e
flexur-al
r i g i do
i .
fSt1y
; ie. n
f fi n g b e a m

Relative height of upper boundary between e l a s t i c and p l a s t i c region, X2/H

I
14
K

1
K

1
11

<u

\
\
/

0.3

0.4

0.5
q

F i g , 3.26

I.

0-6

0-7

0.8

0.9

= Mq /q
i / x

Variation of maximum laminar rotational


d u c t i l i t y factor for d i f f e r e n t r e l a t i v e
flexural r i g i d i t y of s t i f f e n i n g beam

145

/
x

* l -Uw
S .
L U mlO-I J X)e
0 Lu
l i
o
? L s o d

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

q qt/qx

F i g . 3.27

Variation of position of maximimi


laminar rotation for d i f f e r e n t
r e l a t i v e flexural r i g i d i t y of
s t i f f e n i n g beam

146

0.9

01

0.40

0.30

0.20H

Legend
K= 4
K= 10
0,10

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6
r

F i g . 3.28

0.7

0.8

0.9

q qi/qmax

Variation of axial force in wa"s at base


level f o r d i f f e r e n t r e l a t i v e flexural
r i g i d i t y of s t i f f e n i n g beam

147

13

.
.

148

13

<

149

CHAPTER

NON-COLUNEAR SHEAR WALLS COUPLED BY CROSS WALL AND LINTEL BEAMS

4-1

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

In r e i n f o r c e d concrete t a l l b u i l d i n g s , i t i s e s s e n t i a l that
the

structure

horizontal

should be s u f f i c i e n t l y s t i f f

loads.

I n the construction

to resist
o f such

external
buildings,

s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s can u s u a l l y be employed t o provide the required


l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s and strength.

Under the a c t i o n of horizontal

loads, an i s o l a t e d s t r u c t u r a l wall w i l l s u f f e r bending moment of


very large magnitude.

As a r e s u l t , the maximum l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n

at the top and the bending moment at the base l e v e l of the p i e r


may become excessive.
c o l l inear,

they may be l i n k e d at f l o o r

moderate s t i f f n e s s
coupling

However, when i s o l a t e d s t r u c t u r a l walls are

t o form a coupled shear wall

of structural

substantial

increase

l e v e l s by beams

walls

i n lateral

by

lintel

stiffness

beams

system.

with
The

produces EL

and strength

of the

r e s u l t i n g system as compared t o uncoupled s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s .

The

coupling a c t i o n r e s u l t s i n t e n s i l e and compressive a x i a l forces i n


the

w a l l s , and a d i s t i n c t

reduction

i n bending moment i n the

individual walls.
When two p a r a l l e i

but not col1inear

s t r u c t u r a l walIs are

coupled by a planar cross s o l i d wall o r by cross l i n t e l beams as


shown i n F i g . 4 - l the a d d i t i o n a l gains i n s t i f f n e s s and strength

150

may also be obtained.

Tso

investigated the s t i f f e n i n g e f f e c t

of two o f f - s e t but p a r a l l e l shear walls l i n k e d by a cross w a l l .


The r e s u l t s of the a n a l y s i s showed that the presence of the cross
coupling wall could increase

the s t i f f n e s s and reduce the bending

s t r e s s e s i n the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s .
In

this

chapter,

the a n a l y t i c a l

investigations

on two

p a r a l l e l but not c o l l i n e a r shear walls coupled by a cross wall and


by cross 1 i n t e l beams are c a r r i e d out r e s p e c t i v e l y .

I t can be

i n d i c a t e d that when the n o n c o l l i n e a r shear walls are coupled by a


cross s o l i d wall o r by cross l i n t e l beams i n h i g h r i s e b u i l d i n g s ,
substantial
achieved.

gains

i n lateral

s t i f f n e s s and strength

can be

A parametric study i s also made f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the

e f f e c t o f s t r u c t u r a l p r o p e r t i e s and geometrical dimensions on the


s t r u c t u r a l response t o e x t e r n a l h o r i z o n t a l

4,2

loads.

NON-COIXINEAR SHEAR WALLS COUPLED BY CROSS WAUL

4.2.1 Method of Analysis


Fig.

4.1 shows the p l a n

comprised o f l a t e r a l l y

of a t a l l

building

which i s

loaded s t r u c t u r a l w a l l elements arranged

symmetrically with respect t o the d i r e c t i o n o f external


loads.

lateral

Among the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s are wall assemblies t y p i f i e d by

Wall 1 and Wall 2 with t h e i r planes o f s t i f f n e s s p a r a l l e l t o the


loading d i r e c t i o n , coupled by a cross s o l i d w a l l , as shown i n F i g .
4.2.

Due t o the constraint

i n the diaphragm a c t i o n of the f l o o r

s l a b s , the wall assembly w i l l d e f l e c t with the b u i l d i n g .


evident

that

there

i s neither

151

rotation

nor

It i s

deflection

perpendicular

to the loading d i r e c t i o n because o f the symmetry o f

the f l o o r plan.

Therefore, the s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of such a

wall assembly i s d i f f e r e n t from that of a c a n t i l e v e r wall with a


Z-shaped

cross-sect ion

which

i s subjected

to l a t e r a l

loading

a p p l i e d i n a d i r e c t i o n p a r a l l e l to the plane of i t s flanges, and


analyzed

as an open thinwalled

a c t i o n o f t o r s i o n and bending
It

i s assumed

that

[59

'

60]

cross-sect ion beam under the


.

the cross

wall

possesses

appropriate

s h e a r r e s i s t suit c a p a c i t y , and the f l e x u r a l s t i f f n e s s of the cross


wall

i n the inplane

d i r e c t i o n of the wall assembly i s small

compared to those of w a l l s 1 and 2.

Let the l a t e r a l loads a c t i n g

on

on the wal 1 assembly.

the s t r u c t u r e cause a moment M

c o n s i d e r a t i o n of o v e r a l l moment e q u i l i b r i u m at any height

The
of x

measured from the base l e v e l requires that


2

dy
2 2

(4. 1)

dx

where T and
are the a x i a l forces i n w a l l s 1 and 2;
2

and

are the distances from the center of Wall 3 to the centroids of


w a l l s 1 and 2;

I = I + I , where I and I are the second moment


1

of area f o r the w a l l s 1 and 2; and y i s the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n of


the s t r u c t u r e , r e s p e c t i v e l y .
Cuts are made along the junctions of wal 1 3 and wal 1 1 and
w a l l 3 and w a l l 2.

Continuous d i s t r i b u t i o n o f shear forces along

the cut w i l l be released as shown i n F i g . 4.3.

Let q and q 2

represent the shear flows at the junctions o f wall 3 and walls 1


and 2 r e s p e c t i v e l y .

From

F i g . 4.4, the v e r t i c a l displacement at

152

level

of x due

to the bending

deformation

and the

axial

elongation of wall 1 i s given by

dx

(4.2)

EA

where A, i s the c r o s s s e c t i o n a l area of wall 1.


1

The v e r t i c a l displacement at a l e v e l of x due to the a x i a l


and shearing deformations of wall 3 i s given by

q,
S

dxdx

3=-

(4.3)

4Gt

0 x

where A? and t are the c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l area and the thickness of


wall 3 r e s p e c t i v e l y .
The c o m p a t i b i l i t y consideration

of v e r t i c a l displacement at

the Junction of wall 1 and wall 3 requires


S

+ 3 = 0

(4.4)

Therefore, the c o m p a t i b i l i t y equation f o r the j u n c t i o n of wall 1


and w a l l 3 can be expressed as:

j
>
C
1

2EA_

EA

dxdx

4Gt

b = 0

(4.5)

0x

Similarly,

the c o m p a t i b i l i t y equation f o r the j u n c t i o n of

w a l l 2 and wall 3 i s expressed as:

153

dx

EA

q2 _ q

'2EA_
dxdx

J
J

q +

4Gt

q,
b = 0

(4.6)

0x

where A? i s the c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l area of wall 2.


The

shear flows

and q 2 can be r e l a t e d to the a x i a l forces

T and T"2, given by

(4.7)

d
x

T =

(4.8)

qdx

D i f f e r e n t i a t i n g Equations (4.5)
Equations

(4.7)

and

(4.8)

(4.6) and

and

to eliminate

the

considering

v a r i a b l e s q and

q2

yields

dy

""1 dx
j 2

d'y +

a ^

d"T

4Gt
2
dx

dx

d
"+
4Gt

d
"^)j 2

_j :

- EA.T

- T
1

- EA_

2EA-

2 =0

2EA_

(4.9)

(4.10)

In order to provide a better i n s i g h t i n t o the problem, i t i s


convenient to

introduce

two

new

variables

defined as follows:

154

T and

T,

which

are

12

II

112

I-

IT

(T + T2)

(4.11)

(T - T2)

(4.12)

It i s c l e a r that T may be considered as the average a x i a l


f o r c e i n walls 1 and 2, while f equals h a l f of the a x i a l force i n
the cross w a l l .

When = 1"2, T i s equal to zero, i n d i c a t i n g that

there i s no a x i a l force i n wall 3.

In t h i s case, T represents the

a c t u a l a x i a l force i n wall 1 or wall 2.

Eqs. (4. 11) and (4.12) can

be r e w r i t t e n as

T_ = T + T

(4.13)

(4.14)

T = T
By d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g

Eq.(4.1) and then s u b s t i t u t i n g i t into


2

Eqs.(4.9) and (4.10) to eliminate d y/dx , the equations i n terms


of the new v a r i a b l e s T and r can be obtained:

E/G cTT
t/b
dx'

E T +

k T

k T

+ i ^ ) f =

~ ^

whsrs

155

Me

(4.15

(4.16)

T = "1 +

2/

) I + 1 +

(4.17a)

=-/I + 1/A - 1/A2


k

d =

(5^" W

(4. 17b)

(4.

1 7 c )

From Eq.(4.16), h a l f of the a x i a l force i n the cross wall can


be given by

T = [MA -

/
I

- E T T]/(k T + k d )

(4.18)

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq. (4.18) into Eq.(4.15) y i e l d s the d i f f e r e n t i a l


equation f o r the average a x i a l force T given as follows:

S 2 - a 1 = - yMe
dx

(4.19)

t/b
a

= E/G [ k

t/b
= E7g

- E T/ ( k

+ V

+ k]
d

"1 2)E/ ( k T

(4.20)

) ] / I

(4.21)

It i s noted that Eq. (4.19) has the same form as the governing
equation of an ordinary coupled shear w a l l , but the difference
l i e s i n the substance of s t r u c t u r a l parameters a and
On s o l v i n g Eq.(4.19), the complete s o l u t i o n i s given by

156

T = Bcoshctx + Csinhax

+ i
a Rt

+
a

(4.22)

where B and C are the i n t e g r a t i o n constants and can be determined


by using the adequate boundary conditions.
structure,

there

i s no

axial

force

At the top of the

i n the walls;

hence, the

boundary c o n d i t i o n i s

T(H) = 0

(4.23)

By s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(4.23) i n t o Eq.

(4.22) the same form as

that described i n Eq. (2.44a) f o r constant B can be obtained

CtanhaH - : + )
a coshaH

(4*24)

When the wall assembly r e s t s on a r i g i d foundation, there i s


no r o t a t i o n at the base,

= 0

(4.25)

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(4.25) i n t o Eqs.(4.5) and (4.6) r e s u l t s i n


q + q 2 = 0

(4.26)

Hence, from the r e l a t i o n s h i p between the shear flows


the

axial

forces

i n the walls

and q 2 and

1 and 2 given i n Eqs. (4.7) and

(4.8), the boundary c o n d i t i o n at the base l e v e l i s

157

=
dT
L
0
dx x=0

(4.27)

By d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g Eq.(2.22) and then s u b s t i t u t i n g i t i n t o


Eq.(4.27), the i n t e g r a t i o n constant C i s determined to be:

C = ~(wH/2 + uH + P)
a
The

average

force

i n walls

(4,28)

1 and 2>

therefore,

can be

obtained by using Eq. (4.22) with the values of B and C as defined


i n Eqs.(4.24) and (4.28).
Once the a x i a l force T i s determined, i t becomes possible to
substitute

Eq.(4.18)

expressions o f

i n t o Eqs.(4.13) and (4.14) to derive the

and given as follows:

E
=

+ l e ,
T
d

(4.29)

(4.30)

The a x i a l force i n the cross wall can be expressed as:

T_ = 2T

=2[M e " ,1 - "2/ I - E TTT]/(k TT +

d
Let q be the average shear flow and defined as follows:

158

(4.31)

q =

(4.32)

The f u l l expression of the average shear flow i s then given by


q = dT/dx

Bccsinhax + Cacoshcoc + L ( m ' + _ ^ _ )


e
a
a H

M' = - [g(lT - x"/H

4.33)

+ u(H -x) + P]

(4.34)

The shear flows at junctions of w a l l s 3 and 1 and walls 3


and 2 can be determined by using Eqs. (4.7) and (4.8):

2M'
T

q(l

(4.35)

(kT + k j l
d

(4.36)

The a x i a l forces i n w a l l s 1 2 and 3, and the shear flows at


the Junct ions of the s t r u c t u r a l wal Is and the cross wal 1 can be
obtained conveniently by using Eqs.(4.29), (4.30)
4
.
3
1
)

and

(4.36) with the c o e f f i c i e n t s

k [
T

4.35)

and k as defined i n
T

Eqs. (4.17a), (4.17b) and (4.17c).


Once the a x i a l forces T

and T

are determined, i t becomes

p o s s i b l e to integrate Eq.(4.1) twice and to employ the boundary


conditicms

given

i n Eq.(4.37)

to derive

d e f l e c t i o n given i n Eq.(4.38),

159

the l a t e r a l

inplane

y(o) = o

(4.37)
y'(0) = 0

y =

" - V '

+ C(ax - sinhax) a

=(i

B(1 coshax)

Y.

(kT +
T

L(+
6H

(4.38)

k/EI

- u T

and Yi i s given i n Eq.(3.29).


The

top

substituting

drift

can

then

be

conveniently

obtained

by

x=H into Eq.(4.38):

uloo

1 2
rl 1 *

w o

B ( l coshctH)

(4.39)

It i s c l e a r that the forms of the s o l u t i o n s to the average


a x i a l f o r c e , the shear flow and the top d r i f t of the wall assembly
coupled by a cross wall

are s i m i l a r

to those of an

coupled shear wall s t r u c t u r e , described i n Chapter 2.

160

ordinary

4-2-2

Parametric I n v e s t i g a t i o n
In

practice,

the s t r u c t u r a l

behaviour of

noncollinear

shear w a l l s coupled by a cross wall may be a f f e c t e d by the width


r a t i o of the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s , the s t i f f n e s s of the cross w a l l ,
and the area r a t i o of the cross wall to the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s .
Let 7? be the width r a t i o of the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s , defined by

(4.40)

so that = 7} and 0 < tj < 1.


2

With

Eq.(4.40), the

structural

parameter

presented i n

Eq. (4.20) may be r e w r i t t e n ELS:

t/b
= E75

(i +

(4.41)
1)

or

a = 5 / "175

(i +

(4.42)

T)(l

The degree of coupling f o r the wall assembly can be measured


by nondimensional parameter aH, which i s given by
1

(4.45)
where

161

6
L

1/2

(1 + " ) .

(4.44)

A-1 "(1 " ) '

I t i s obvious that the parameter aH i s d i r e c t l y proportional


to the value of S e
wall,

v a r i a t i o n of S

of A /A^

cross

as a f u n c t i o n of 7) f o r d i f f e r e n t

values

i s shown i n F i g . 4.5.

reference [58].
c

the height-to-width r a t i o of the

H/b,
The

and

are p l o t t e d i n

I t can be seen that f o r a given value of

As/A^

i s i n s e n s i t i v e to any change i n the values of " when 7) > 0.2

which i s the p r a c t i c a l range.


of

S i m i l a r curves

the

structural

paretmeter aH,

and

walIs
the

I t indicates that the width r a t i o

has

little

influence on

magnitude of

aH

the

depends mainly

H
height-to-width r a t i o , g of the cross w a l l . The

coupling
on

the

larger the value

H
of

the greater the coupling e f f e c t .

I t can also be seen that

aH w i l l increase as the value of A 3 /Ai increases.


When

the

wall

assembly

is

subjected

to

uniformly

d i s t r i b u t e d load with i n t e n s i t y of u Eq.(4.22 which represents


the

average

axial

force

in

the

structural

wal I s ,

can

be

expressed as:
(4.45)

where
6"

(4.46)

(1 + " ) :

162

T == sinhax

while

aHsinhaH + 1
coshax

the average

aH(l - g ) V 2

1/aH /aH

(4.47)

shear flow represented i n Eq. (4.33) can be

expressed as:

= a He Q S haff +

= ^

"hccH sinhax - coshax - g - 1

(4.49)

F i g s . 4.6 and 4.7 show the v a r i a t i o n o f the average a x i a l


force

and the average

different

coupling

shear

flow

stiffness

aH.

of the wall
I t can be

assembly f o r
seen

that the

d i s t r i b u t i o n of T and q along the s t r u c t u r a l height are s i m i l a r to


those of a coupled shear wall system.
I t i s seen that from Eqs.(4.45) and
force

and

the average

c o e f f i c i e n t .

shear

flow

(4.48) the average a x i a l

are proportional

to the

F i g . 4.8 shows the v a r i a t i o n of c o e f f i c i e n t A

against the value of

I t i s demonstrated that when " > 0.2 the

value of i s r e l a t i v e l y i n s e n s i t i v e to the change i n value of 7}.


I t i n d i c a t e s that the f a c t o r 7) has only a l i t t l e e f f e c t on the
average a x i a l force i n the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s , and the average shear
f l o w at the junctions of the cross wall and the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s .
From Eq.(4.18), h a l f of the a x i a l force i n the cross wall can
be r e w r i t t e n as:

163

T=

(4.50)

SI!

where
6(1 -

T =

(1 + 7 ?)

(1 +

L"(T)

F i g . 4.9

7)

(4.51)
4

+ 1)

i t i s seen that T

From Eq. (4.51),


A'/A,.

T})

exhibits

i s a f u n c t i o n of T? and

the v a r i a t i o n

of T

against the

s t r u c t u r a l wall width r a t i o 7) f o r duff erent values of A3/A. I t


is

demonstrated that the a x i a l

force i n the cross wall has a

d i s t i n c t decrease with an increase i n the value, of T? when TJ > 0.2.


It i s a l s o seen that when TJ = 1 T = 0.

I t reveals that when the

two s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s have the same width, there i s no a x i a l force


i n the cross coupling w a l l , while the a x i a l forces i n wall 1 and
w a l l 2 are equal and opposite, given by T.
The l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at the top of the s t r u c t u r e described
i n Eq.(4.39) can be r e w r i t t e n as:
yH

8EI

(4.52)

where
3"
(1

+ T J ) "

I t can be seen that


of

the w a l l

assembly

8(1- cosftaH + aHsinhaH)

4
(aH)'

SET

i n Eq. (4.52) would be the top d r i f t

i f there

(4.53)

(aH) coshaH

were no coupling,

164

so that

yH

represents a measure of the enhancement i n the l a t e r a l

stiffness

of the w a l l system due t o coupling.


Fig.

4. 10 shows

the top d r i f t

against

the coupl ing

s t i f f n e s s aH f o r t y p i c a l values of
reference [58].

S i m i l a r curves are given i n

I t can be seen that there i s l i t t l e change f o r

the value of y when aH > 5.


H
5, the value of y

Hence, when the value of aH exceeds

approaches a s y m p t o t i c a l l y the value of f u l l y

c o u p l i n g d e f l e c t i o n , and the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s 1 and 2 act as EL


composite w a l l w i t h a width of 2( + ) .
1

I t can also be seen

from F i g . 4.10 that the increase i n l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s of the wall


assembly i s s i g n i f i c a n t
similar.

when the widths

of w a l l s

1 and 2 are

I f the widths of the two s t r u c t u r a l walIs are equal

i . e . " = 1, the maxinium l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s can be achieved, thereby


the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n becoming minimal.
Therefore, i t can be concluded that i f two p a r a l i e l but not
col1inear

shear

substantial
achieved.

gains

walIs

are coupled

i n lateral

by

stiffness

planar

cross

wal1

and strength can be

Under the a c t i o n of l a t e r a l loading, the cross coupling

w a l l behaves e s s e n t i a l l y l i k e a shear medium t o transmit the shear


f o r c e from one wall to another.

When the two s t r u c t u r a l

have the same width, no a x i a l f o r c e e x i s t s i n the cross w a l l .

walls
In

a d d i t i o n , the degree of coupling i s measured by the value of aH


which i s d i r e c t l y p r o p o r t i o n a l to the heighttowidth r a t i o of the
cross w a l l .
and

I f the widths of the two s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s are equal

the value of <xH exceeds 5, complete coupling i s achieved,

r e s u l t i n g i n the optimum gains i n l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s and strength


of the w a l l

assembly being obtained.

165

I t i s obvious

that the

a n a l y s i s presented
establishing

here provides a useful guide t o designers f o r

the amount of the increase

i n stiffness

and the

decrease i n bending moment of the walls p o s s i b l e by coupling the


s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s with a cross w a l l .

4.3

NONCOLLI NEAR SHEAR WALLS C0UP3LED BY CROSS LINTEL BEAMS

4*3-1

Method of A n a l y s i s
As

collinear

mentioned i n Section 4.2 when two p a r a l l e l


structural

substajitial
achieved.

gains

w a l l s are coupled
i n lateral

The cross

but not

by a planar cross

stiffness

and strength

wall,

can be

coupl ing wal 1 essent i a l 1 y funct ions ELS a

shear medium t o transmit the shear force between the two w a l l s .


When the n o n c o l l i n e a r s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s are coupled by cross
lintel
be

beams siddit i o n a l l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s and strength may a l s o

gained.

In the n o n c o l l i n e a r shear wal 1 system coupled

by

cross l i n t e l beams, each cross coupling beam f u n c t i o n s not only as


EL shear medium to transmit

the shear f o r c e from one wall t o

another, but a l s o as a momentresistant connect ion t o induce an


e f f e c t i v e coupling e f f e c t i n the s t r u c t u r e .
Consider
coupled
floor

two pared l e i

by cross

lintel

but nonc9lij1e5^ shear wal Is

beams.

slabs i n a building,

Since

the diaphragm e f f e c t of

i t i s assumed that no

deformation of the l i n t e l beams can occur.


cross l i n t e l

being

outofplane

I t i s assumed that the

beams possess appropriate s h e a r r e s i s t a n t capacity.

At any height of the s t r u c t u r e , the external moment M


by the bending moments i n the w a l l s M

166

and M

i s resisted

together with the

axial

f o r c e s T which form a couple with a lever arm


( +

2),

given by

M+

M2 + T ( ,

= Me

U.54)

where external moment Me i s given i n Eq. (2.17).


Based on continuum approach of a n a l y s i s , the d i s c r e t e sets of
cross

lintel

beams can be

equivalent s t i f f n e s s .

treated

as a set of laminae

with

I t i s assumed that the l i n t e l beams d e f l e c t

w i t h EL point of contraf lexure at the midspan p o s i t i o n .

It i s

c e r t a i n that the c e n t r e l i n e of the laminae passes through the


point of contraf lexure of the l i n t e l beams.

In the same manner as

the a n a l y s i s of coupled shear w a l l s , a cut i s made along the l i n e


of c o n t r a f l e x u r e , and a continuous d i s t r i b u t i o n of shear force
along the cut i s exposed ( F i g . 4.11).

There are r e l a t i v e v e r t i c a l

displacements at the cut:


(1) The v e r t i c a l displacement due to the bending of the walls
under the a c t i o n of e x t e r n a l l a t e r a l loads ( F i g . 4.12a),

="+

".55a)

(2) The r e l a t i v e deformation due to the shear force i n the


laminae ( F i g . 4.12b)

S - -

(4.55b)

b
where I i s the e f f e c t i v e moment of i n e r t i a of the l i n t e l beams,
b
give by

167

i n which |Lt i s the shear deformation c o e f f i c i e n t and d i s the depth


of the l i n t e l beams.
(3) The v e r t i c a l displacement due to the a x i a l deformation of
both w a l l s ( F i g . 4.12c)
1IA

1IA

(4.55c)

No r e s u l t a n t r e l a t i v e v e r t i c a l displacement occurs at the cut


s e c t i o n , that i s

S +=0

(4.56)

Hence the c o m p a t i b i l i t y equation can be expressed as:

12EI

hb

/).-

a x

+
1A1

/y

4.57)

b
where = ^ + ^ .
1

It i s obvious that the c o m p a t i b i l i t y equation (4.57 has the


seone form as that f o r the co-planar shear w a l l s coupled by l i n t e l
beams.

As a r e s u l t , the governing equation i s the same as that

d e f i n i n g the problem of coupled shear w a l l s , given by


2

W 2 a !=
dx

168

(4.58)

where

A J
1 2

(4.59)

1 2 IbJ

(4.60)

hb I

The

closed

structural

form

solutions

to

the

axial

force

w a l l s , the laminar shear and the l a t e r a l

have been obtained r e s p e c t i v e l y i n Chapter 2.

i n the

deflection

They are given as

follows:

T = BcoshctH + CsinhctH + ^ ( M
2

+ l

+
2

Basinhax + Cacoshooc + (M
3

(4.62)

+
e

(4.61)

2TT

y = j ( l - S )Y + L [ B ( 1 - coshax) + C(ax - sinhcoc)

6a H

(4.63)
2J

By p u t t i n g x = H i n t o Eq.(4.63), the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at
the top of the structure can be determined as follows:

169

+ C(aH - siH)] -

where B, C and S a r e

given

6a

+ ~^~)H2VEI
2a

(4.64)

i n Eqs. (4.24),

(4.28) and (2.40)

respectively.
According t o the i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n t h i s s e c t i o n made on the
s t i f f e n i n g e f f e c t of coupling two o f f s e t but p a r a l l e l shear walls
by

cross

lintel

beams, i t i s evident

possess s u f f i c i e n t shearresistant

that

i f the l i n t e l

beams

capacity, the problem i s cast

i n the same form as the t r a d i t i o n a l coupled shear wall a n a l y s i s .


As a r e s u l t , the s t r u c t u r a l response of the ncm-collinear
walls

coupled by l i n t e l

beams to external

horizontal

shear

loads i s

s i m i l a r t o that o f coupled shear walls; hence the design aids f o r


determining the i n t e r n a l forces

and l a t e r a l

d e f l e c t i o n s of the

coupled shear w a l l s t r u c t u r e given i n Chapter 2 or i n Eqs.(4.61)


to

(4.64)

can be c a r r i e d on i n the a n a l y s i s of the noncol l i n e a r

s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s coupled by the l i n t e l beams.

4.3.2

E l a s t o - P l a s t i c Behaviour
Since

the problem

f o r analyzing

two p a r a l l e l

c o l l i n e a r s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s coupled by cross l i n t e l
in

but not

beams i s cast

the same way as the conventional a n a l y s i s of coupled shear

w a l l s , a s o l u t i o n f o r the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s o f the structure


i s a l s o achieved i n the same manner as described

170

i n Chapter 3.

Therefore, the equations developed i n Chapter 3 can be employed to


determine

the

distribution

e l a s t o - p l a s t i c s t r u c t u r a l response
characteristics

s t r u c t u r e coupled by cross
f a i l u r e mechanism

of

lintel

and

non-collinear

the

load

shear

wall

beams, f o r which the

three-region

partial

case with a c e n t r a l p l a s t i c

r e g i o n or two-region case with an upper or EL lower p l a s t i c region


is valid.

4-4

NUMERICAL INVESTIGATION

In order to i l l u s t r a t e the t h e o r e t i c a l r e s u l t s presented i n


t h i s chapter, two examples of non-collinear shear walls coupled by
cross

sol i d wall

structures
4. 13a)

are

euialyzed.

The

i s shown i n F i g . 4.13.

c o n s i s t s of

meters wide, and

two

identical

s t r u c t u r a l plan
Example Structure

for

the

1 (Fig.

s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s which are

Example Structure 2 c o n s i s t s of two s t r u c t u r a l

w a l l s of d i f f e r e n t width, which are 8m and 4m wide r e s p e c t i v e l y .


D i f f e r e n t widths of the cross wall (b = 1.5m
in

the

analysis

to

enable EL comparison of

s t i f f n e s s to be made.
of the

The

and 2.5m)

are

different

given

coupling

dimensions and geometrical properties

example s t r u c t u r e s are presented i n Tables 4. 1 and

4* 2

respectively.
It i s shown i n Tables 4.1
equal to 16. 184

and

above.

and 4.2

that the values of <xH are

In f a c t , when the coupling element

between two s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s i s a s o l i d w a l l , the value of aH w i l l


exceed 15

i n most of the general p r a c t i c a l cases.

complete coupling

f o r the

structures

171

Hence, the

i s g e n e r a l l y achieved,

so

that

the

value

of the

top d r i f t

approaches asymptotically

the

value of f u l l y coupling d e f l e c t i o n , where two s t r u c t u r a l walls act


as a composite wall with a width of (2 + 2 ) .
1

It

is

uniformly

assumed

place.

the

structures

are

subjected

d i s t r i b u t e d load with i n t e n s i t y of 15 kN/m

b u i l d i n g height.
internal

that

to

along

a
the

Under the a c t i o n of external h o r i z o n t a l loads,

forces w i l l

be

developed and

lateral

d e f l e c t i o n take

F i g s . 4.14 and 4.15 show the v a r i a t i o n of the a x i a l forces

i n the s t r u c t u r a l walls and the shear flows at the junctions of


the cross w a l l and the s t r u c t u r a l walls f o r the cases of d i f f e r e n t
c r o s s w a l l widths f o r Example Structure 1.

It can be seen that

the d i s t r i b u t i o n of the a x i a l forces and the shear flows along the


b u i l d i n g height have the same pattern ELS those of coupled shear
walls.

However, there i s no shear force at the junctions of the

w a l l s at the top l e v e l of the noncol l i n e a r shear wall s t r u c t u r e .


In f a c t ,

the

value

of

decrease ELS the value

the

shear flows

at

of ctH increases, and

vajiish when ccH exeeds 15.

the

top

level

will

generally tends to

S i m i l a r l y , i t has been shown that when

the value of ctH i s greater than 15 the laminar shear at the top
l e v e l of a coupled shear wall system i s so small that i t can
considered
forces

61 62

as zero[ ' .

i n the

junct ions

of

Moreover, the magnitude of the

structural

the

wal Is

coupling represented

walls

the

i s proport ional

by the value of aH.

w a l l , the weaker the coupling.


4.15

and

shear
to

the
The

flows

be

axial

at

the

degree of

the

wider the

cross

It i s c l e a r from F i g s . 4.14

and

that the values of the a x i a l forces i n the s t r u c t u r a l walls

and the shear flows at the junctions of the walls when b = 1.5m

172

is

only s l i g h t l y greater than those given when b = 2.5m, i n d i c a t i n g


that the coupling s t i f f n e s s aH has l i t t l e e f f e c t on the i n t e r n a l
forces

i n the non-collinear

exceeds 5.

shear walls when the value of aH

Since the two s t r u c t u r a l walls have the same widths i n

Example Structure 1, no a x i a l force i s induced i n the cross w a l l ,


while the a x i a l forces i n the s t r u c t u r a l walls and the shear flows
at the j u n c t i o n s of the walls are equal, that i s T = T
1

and q
1

F i g s . 4.16 and 4.17 show the v a r i a t i o n of the a x i a l forces T


and

of Example Structure

widths (b = 1.5m and 2.5m).

2 f o r the cases of d i f f e r e n t wall


I t can be seen that the a x i a l forces

c a r r i e d by the s t r u c t u r a l wal Is are proportional to the f l e x u r a l


r i g i d i t i e s of the w a l l s .
wall 2

The width of wall 1 i s double that of

= 0.5) and the a x i a l force i n wall 1 i s greater by some

40 t o 50 per cent than that i n wall 2 depending on the value of


crosswall

width

and the height

of the w a l l

section

under

consideration.
Because the two s t r u c t u r a l walls

have unequal widths, an

a x i a l f o r c e w i l l be induced i n the cross w a l l .

F i g . 4.18 shows

the v a r i a t i o n of the a x i a l force i n the cross w a l l f o r the cases


of d i f f e r e n t cross-wall widths (b = 1.5m and 2.5m).

I t can be

seen that the pattern of d i s t r i b u t i o n of the a x i a l force i n the


cross w a l l along the b u i l d i n g height

i s s i m i l a r t o that given i n

the s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s , and the maximum value w i l l take place at the


base l e v e l .
force

I t i s also observed that the magnitude of the a x i a l

i n the cross wall i s equal t o the d i f f e r e n c e between the

a x i a l f o r c e s i n two s t r u c t u r a l w a l l s , that i s

173

T =

- T2

In f a c t , t h i s can r e s u l t i n s a t i s f y i n g the e q u i l i b r i u m c o n d i t i o n
of the a x i a l forces i n the w a l l s .
F i g s . 4.19 and 4-20 e x h i b i t the v a r i a t i o n of the shear flows
at the Junctions of the cross wall and the s t r u c t u r a l walls f o r
Example S t r u c t u r e 2.

I t i s demonstrated that the shear flows a

the base l e v e l are not equal to zero.


happened
widths,

i n the case

This i s d i f f e r e n t from what

when the s t r u c t u r a l

walls

had the same

where there was no shear force at the junctions of the

w a l l s at the base l e v e l . When the widths of two s t r u c t u r a l walls


are d i f f e r e n t , the shear flows at the junctions of the cross wall
and

the s t r u c t u r a l

w a l l s at the base l e v e l

will

be equal but

opposite.
I t i s known that f o r two o f f s e t but p a r a l l e l uncoupled shear
walIs,

the l a t e r a l

loads

are d i s t r i b u t e d

proportion to their f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t i e s .

between two w a l l s i n
Hence bending moments

of very large magnitude may be developed i n the w a l l s , and a large


top d r i f t w i l l take place.
provided

between

When some kind of coupling element i s

two w a l l s , the bending

moments and the top

d e f l e c t i o n can be considerably reduced a f t e r t a k i n g account o f the


increased

stiffness

elements.

A comparison of the bending moments i n the walls and

the

top d r i f t

of

the s t r u c t u r e

derived

from

coupling

of the s t r u c t u r e , between coupled noncollinear

shear w a l l s and uncoupled i s o l a t e d w a l l s , i s made f o r the example


structures*
respectively.

The r e s u l t s

are presented

i n Tables 4*3 and 4-4

I t i s evident that the base bending moments and the

top d r i f t o f the w a l l s with coupling are only about a t h i r d and

174

f o u r t h r e s p e c t i v e l y of those given i n uncoupled w a l l s .


Discussing

the r e s u l t s f o r the a n a l y s i s of the examples, i t

can be shown that the p r o v i s i o n of couplings between two o f f s e t


but

parallei

stiffness

and

s t r u c t u r a l walIs wi 11
strength,

enhance g r e a t l y the

r e s u l t i n g i n promoting the

r e s i s t i n g external h o r i z o n t a l loads considerably.

175

lateral

capacity

of

Table 4*1

Dimensions and geometrical properties of Example


Structure 1.

Wall 1
H

Wall 2

(m)

45

1.5

Table 4.2

3.125

1.5

Cross wall
;

3.125

U)

(m)

A;

1.5

0.3

25.022

2.5

0.5

19.382

0.2

Dimensions and geometrical properties of Example


Structure 2,

Wall 1
A

45

i2

^4

(m )

(m)

2.4

12.800

Cross wall

Wall 2

1.2

(m )

1.600

176

(m)

(m)

aH

1.5

0.3

20.922

2.5

0.5

16.184

0.2

Table 4*3

Comparison of bending moments in walls and top drift


between
walls:

coupled

non-collinear

b
(m)

and

aH
M

Uncoupled walls

y
y

(mm)

(KN)

(KN)
0

0.75

100

100

474

474

456

456

1898

1898

0.25

1050

1050

4271

4271

2335

2335

7593

7593

0.75

88

88

475

475

444

444

1898

1898

0.25

1042

1042

4271

4271

2455

2455

7593

7593

0.5

0.5

1.5

2.5

uncoupled

2^= 2,= 5m u - 15kN/m, t = 0.2m, H = 45m.

Walls with coupling


x/H

walls

25.022

19.382

177

12.6

12.8

(mm)

51.3

51.3

Table 4*4

Comparison of bending moments i n walls and top drift


between

coupled

non-collinear

walls

and uncoupled

walls: 2:=8m, 2,=4m u = 15kN/m, t = 0.2m, H = 45m.

Walls with coupling


x/H

b
(m)

M
(KN3

(mm)

Uncoupled walls
M

(KN)

C
0

0.75

220

28

844

105

999

125

3375

421

0.25

2302

288

7593

949

4936

617

13500

1687

0.75

228

28

1033

129

0.25

2380

5092

0.5

0.5

1.5

2.5

20.933

16.184

6.7

105

3375

421

298

7593

949

636

13500

1687

178

22.2

6.9

(mm)

22.2

; s t r u c t u r a l wall 1
/
/
/
^ cross wal 13

f,'

/7^

structural
wall 2

/
/

.External Lateral Load


F'g.

4-1

Building plan

t
b'

,
-

F i g , 4".2

P a r a l l e l but non-col 1 inear shear


walls coupled by cross wall

179

structural
wal 1 1

i g . 4.3

cross
wall 3

structural
wall 2

Shear flows at junctions of cross wall


structural walls

180

and

(q+

q/2

bending e f f e c t

(q! +q 2 )/2

shear effect
(a)

q 2 )/2

(q-q 2 )/2

axial force e f f e c t

(b)

Fig- 4-4

Deformations of structural wall 1 and cross


wal 1 3
(a) Bending and shear force e f f e c t
(b) axial force e f f e c t

181

Fig. 4.5

Variation of coupling, stiffness c o e f f i c i e n t S c against width ratio of


structural walls for different values of

Aj/A

o
8

o
o
/x

.3
LA
35
qL S

0.2

Fig* 4.6

Variation of average axial force i n walls 1 and 2


along structureil height

183

Fig. 4.7

Variation of average shear flow along


structural height
184

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

Width ratio of structural walls, n

Fig. 4.8

Variation of coefficientfor width ratio of structural walls

Width ratio of structural walls,

Fig. 4.9

Variation of axial force in corss wall against width ratio of


structural walls for different values of
A^A

-187
I .

Fig. 4.10

Variation of top d r i f t against coupling s t i f f n e s s for different


values of width ratio of structural walls

Wall 1

Wall 2

'

and t 2 - thickness of Wall 1 and Wall 2

F i g . 4.11

Laminar shear

188

Wall 1

(a)

=5n+c51:

Wall 2'

Vertical displacement due to bending of wall

(b)

Vertical displacement due to shear force

(c)

Vertical displacement due to axial deformation


'of walls

F i g . 4*12

Relative v e r t i c a l displacement at cut

189

5m

=0.2m

5m

(a)

Example structure 1 - equal wall width

us

b= 1.5m 2.5m

4m

(b)

Example structure 2 - unequal wall width

Fig. 4.13

Example structures of non-col1inear


shear walls coupledcross s o l i d

190

U3

b = 1.5m 2.5m

200 400

600

800 10C'0 1200 14C0 1600 1800 2000 2200

Axiaforce in walls (kN)

Fig- 4.14

Variation of axial force in structural walls 1


and 2 f o r equal wall width case: 2 U = 2L2 = 5m

.191

0.9

qi

0.8

Vx

q2
8 4

1 7 3

b=

1.5m:

/x

0.6

J q 6 3
3 45 e L 3 y

0.5

0.4

0.3
b = 1.5 m
0.2

b=

0.1

10

20

30

40

50

60

2-5!

70

80

90

Shear flow at junction of walls (kN/m)

F i g . 4.15

Variation of shear flows at junctions of


walls for equal wall width case: 2L=
2L2 = 5m

192

o
o
<u

H/X

J,9Li
3

0.1

300

900

600

1200

Axial foce in structural walls

Fig- 4-16

1500
(kN)

Variation of axial force in structural


walls for d i f f e r e n t wal-width case:
2Li = 8m 2L2 = 4ni

193

1800

o
9

o
o

H/X

o
4

Jq6sq
3M!^LSy

00
0.1

300

600

900

1200

Axial force in stuctnjal walls

Fig- 4-17

1500
(kN)

Variation of axial force in structural


walls f o r d i f f e r e n t wall width case:
21_i = 8m 2L2 = 4m

194

1800

0.7
/x
J.L3LI

0.5

0.
b=

b=

1.5m

L
300

150
T

F i g . 4.18

2.5m

450

600

(kN)

Variation of axial force in cross wall

for different wall width case: 2L;L =


8m 2L 2 = 4m

195

H/X

J q 5 . L3
35
q eL3y

-10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Shear flow at junction of walls (kN/m)

4-19

Variation of shear flows at junctions of


cross wall and structural walls for different
wall width case: 2U = 8 m 2L2 = 4 m

196

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7
66 396

/x

(q= . )
0.6

Jqss
3> : e L 3 y

0.5
q2

(
0.4

46.826)

0.3

0.2

0.1 h

2
0

-10

10

.20

30

40

50

60

Shear flow at junction of walls (kN/m)

F i g . 4.20

m
4

Variation of shear flows at junctions of


cross wall and structural walls f o r
d i f f e r e n t wall width case: 2L=8m,

197

CHAPTER

THREE-DIMENSIONAL REGULAR SHEAR WALL STRUCTURES

5.1

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

The
common

shear w a l l f l a t s l a b type of multistorey structure i s a


form

buildings.

of c o n s t r u c t i o n

for tall

r e s i d e n t i a l or o f f i c e

These structures normally include one or more service

cores, several

r i g i d l y j o i n t e d frames and coupled shear walls.

The

s t r u c t u r a l cores usual l y possess r e l a t i v e l y large

so

that

they

act as strong

points

stiffness,

i n the b u i l d i n g s .

When

subjected t o l a t e r a l loads, the dominant mode of behaviour of an


independent wall o r uncoupled core i s a bending a c t i o n , that o f EL
r i g i d l y j o i n t e d frame i s predominantly EL shearing a c t i o n , while
that o f a coupled shear wall i s a combination o f bending and a x i a l
force action.
act

Since the s t r u c t u r a l components are constrained to

together i n a b u i l d i n g due to the diaphragm e f f e c t of the

floor

slabs,

considerable

redistribution of lateral

loads may

occur throughout the height of the s t r u c t u r e .


In the three-dimensional analysis of shear wall

structures,

the development of e f f e c t i v e , as well as accurate, methods f o r the


p r e d i c t i o n o f the s t r u c t u r a l response to l a t e r a l forces has been
the o b j e c t i v e of study of many researchers and engineers.

Various

approximations are proposed, taking into account the i n t e r a c t i o n


among d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r a l components v i a the f l o o r slabs.

198

By

using

standard

computer

subjected to l a t e r a l

programmes

for

the

considering
[68

Biswas '

Gl uck

and

general

bui 1 dings

three-dimensional

Based on the continuum approach,

Ge 11 e r t

[67]

have present ed

threedimensional

analysis

f ormul at i ons

problem.

By

the outof-plane s t i f f n e s s of f l o o r slabs, Tso

69]

flexural

ted 1

loads can be analyzed as

systems of d i s c r e t e components.
Rosman and

[63-65]

proposed

and

an

effective

torsional

bui l d i n g s .

Liang [

703

method

deformation
later

of

to

investigate

multistorey

proposed

powerful

shear

and
the
wall

general ized

continuum approach f o r threedimensional a n a l y s i s of various types


of

tall

[71

b u i l d i n g s . Moreover, Chaji and

Cheung '

723

presented EL

computer method by use of higher order f i n i t e element to tackle


the 3-D stnalysis problem.
Although i t i s t h e o r e t i c a l l y possible to analyze completely a
threedimensional

assembly of

j o i n t e d frames and

shear

walls,

f l o o r s l a b s , the structure

complex to obtain a d i r e c t s o l u t i o n .
29,313,73-78

assumptions [
achieved.
the

diaphragm

Due
action

made

cores,

i s generally

Consequently,
to

rigidly

enable

too

simplifying

solutions

to

developed a simple theory f o r the analysis of

three-dimensional

( F i g . 5.1).

are

Coull

box

regular

symmetric

crosswall

structures

to the symmetry of the b u i l d i n g plan and


of

floor

slabs,

coupled

shear

walls

the
and

independent cores w i l l undergo the same h o r i z o n t a l d e f l e c t i o n at


any l e v e l of the b u i l d i n g .

Hence, the three-dimensional structure

may be simply replaced by an equivalent plane system c o n s i s t i n g of


a coupled wall and a cantilevered w a l l .

Based on the t r a d i t i o n a l

continuum approach, the i n t e n s i t y of shear force

19S

i n connecting

be

beams of coupled shear walls i s considered as unknown v a r i a b l e .


The

s o l u t i o n f o r the shear force

other

actions

and

horizontal

i s then used to determine

deflections.

In

the

addition,

an

analogous approximate method, by taking the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n as


[79

unknown v a r i a b l e , i s proposed by S t a f f o r d Smith and Abergel However, t h i s

can

lead

to the

development of a higher order

d i f f e r e n t i a l governing equation f o r the problem.


This

chapter

three-dimens i o n a l

presents
lateral

shear wal 1 s t r u c t u r e s .

an

load

atpproximaite

analysis

approach

of regular

for

symmetrical

In the a n a l y s i s , the threedimensional

s t r u c t u r e can be transformed i n t o an equivalent planar system i n


which the coupled shear w a l l s are lumped into a s i n g l e coupled
w a l l and the i s o l a t e d walls and uncoupled cores are lumped into an
independent w a l l .

The r e s u l t i n g coupled w a l l and independent wall

sire assumed to be connected


links.

The

i n plane by a set of a x i a l l y r i g i d

lumped coupled wall and the lumped independent

wall

can then be f u r t h e r transformed f o r a n a l y s i s i n t o a s i n g l e coupled


shear w a l l with modified s t r u c t u r a l parameters.

These can lead to

achieving a very simple conclusion f o r three dimensional regular


structures.

The

e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour and the corresponding

load r e d i s t r i b u t i o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the 3-D

regular

symmetric

system are also i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h i s chapter.

5.2

METHOD OF ANALYSIS

A tall
assemblies

b u i l d i n g plan, which
of

independent

and

200

consists of box cores and


identical

coupled

shear

walls

arranged symmetrically with respect to the d i r e c t i o n of external


lateral

loads,

i s shown i n F i g . 5. 1.

to

lateral

subjected

together due
s 1 abs,

and

height.

external

When the

structure i s

loads, a l l assemblies

will

act

to the c o n s t r a i n t of the diaphragm a c t i o n of f l o o r


wi 11

undergo t he

same hor i zontal def 1 ect i on at

any

I t i s evident that there are no r o t a t i o n and d e f l e c t i o n

perpendicular to the loading d i r e c t i o n because of the symmetry of


the

floor

plan.

As

a result,

the

threedimensional

c o n s i s t i n g of EL combination of core

walls and

structure

independent

and

coupled shear w a l l s may be replaced by an equivalent plane system


as

shown i n F i g . 5.2 i n which the

constrained
pin-ended

to

act

links

i n s e r i e s by

simulate

the

structural

rigid

components are

pin-ended

a c t i o n of

floor

links.

s l a b s , and

The
are

assumed to be a x i a l l y r i g i d and to transmit a x i a l force only.


Consider

horizontally

loaded

three-dimensional

regular

shear w a l l system with a symmetrical f l o o r plan, which may


plane

shear

walls

and

cores

with

different

include

stiffness.

As

mentioned above, the s t r u c t u r e can be replaced by a planar system,


c o n s i s t i n g of a lumped coupled shear wall and a lumped independent
wall connected i n plane by
single

l i n k s , as shown i n F i g . 5.2.

independent wall may

represent

either

a plane

The

isolated

s t r u c t u r a l wall or a box core which i s assumed to behave l i k e a


s i n g l e beam, and act as an ordinary c a n t i l e v e r .
are

Since the l i n k s

hinged at the ends of the coupled shear w a l l s and

independent

wall,

the

h o r i z o n t a l d e f l e c t i o n s of

constrained to be i d e n t i c a l .

201

the

of
two

the
are

Based on the continuum approach of a n a l y s i s , the d i s c r e t e set


of 1 i n t e l beams i n the lumped coupled wal 1 can be replaced by a
set o f laminae with equivalent s t i f f n e s s .

In an analogous manner,

the d i s c r e t e system o f r i g i d pin-ended l i n k s between the coupled


shear w a l l s and the c a n t i l e v e r e d wall may also be replaced by a
connecting medium which transmits a x i a l force only.

Cutting the

l i n k medium throughout i t s height, the i n t e r a c t i o n forces between


the

coupled w a l l s and the independent wall can be exposed, and

represented by an equal and opposite d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n force


with i n t e n s i t y o f n(x) and a concentrated top i n t e r a c t i o n force N
as shown i n F i g . 5.3.

Therefore, the problem can be reduced to

the a n a l y s i s of an ordinary coupled shear wall and an independent


c a n t i l e v e r e d wall r e s p e c t i v e l y .

5.2.1

Lumped Coupled Shear Wall


For the lumped coupled shear w a l l s , the r e s u l t i n g moment i s

equal t o M - M!, where M


loads and M
and M.

i s the moment due t o external

lateral

i s the moment caused by the i n t e r a c t i o n forces n(x)

Hence, the governing d i f f e r e n t i a l equation f o r the a x i a l

f o r c e i n the walls can be developed i n the same way as that f o r an


ordinary coupled shear wall s t r u c t u r e , that i s ,
2

U
- a T - - y(M - MT)
j 2
e
l

(5.1)

where the s t r u c t u r a l parameters a eind y have been described i n


d e t a i l i n Eqs. (2.14) and (2.15).

202

The moment-curvature

r e l a t i o n s h i p of the walls

i s expressed

ELS:

EI

=(Me
m

(5.2)

- T

dx
where y denotes the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n , and I , the second moment
m

of area o f the lumped coupled w a l l s ,

=+
For

the lumped independent cantilevered

wal1 the moment

curvature r e l a t i o n s h i p i s given by
d y
El^ = M
2
I
dx

(5.3)

i n which y and I denote the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n and the second


w
w
moment o f area of the lumped independent w a l l , r e s p e c t i v e l y .
Because
lateral

the 1 inks

deflections

identical.

are assumed to be a x i a l l y

r i g i d , the

of the two components are constrained to be

Hence,
d y
d y
_ ^ = ~_^
dx
dx

(5.4)

or
M

[(M e - - " = +

(5.5)

The i n t e r a c t i n g moment can then be obtained from Eq.(5.5),

203

M' =
I

Me -

(5.6)

i n which I represents the sum of moment of i n e r t i a of the coupled


shear w a l l s and the independent w a l l , given by

I =

(5.7)

By s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(5.6) into Eq.(5.1) and s i m p l i f y i n g , the


governing

equation f o r the

axial

force

i n the

walls

can

be

r e w r i t t e n as
2

a1 = - y M

(5.8)

where
a m = (1 - A+

= (l
m

and

(5.9)

AI

=
i n which A
A = A

(5.10)

(5,11)

A ,

and A are the c r o s s s e c t i o n a l areas of walls 1 and 2,


2

+ A and i s the distance between the c e n t r o i d a l axes of


2

the w a l l s .
I t i s seen that Eq.(5.8) has the same form as Eq.(5.1).
i n d i c a t e s that the problem

CELTI

This

be conveniently transformed f o r

204

a n a l y s i s into one f o r the a n a l y s i s of an equivalent coupled shear


w a l l w i t h modified s t r u c t u r a l parameters a

and y .

Let r f c be the r a t i o of coupling s t i f f n e s s ; hence,


a H

From Eq.(5.9), Eq.(5.11) can be r e w r i t t e n as:


1
l

I 1/2

(5.12

I t i s obvious that represents a measure of reduction i n


the c o u p l i n g s t i f f n e s s of the equivalent coupled shear walls due
to the i n f l u e n c e of the lumped independent w a l l . The v a r i a t i o n of
r . f o r d i f f e r e n t values of I /1 i s shown i n F i g . 5.4.
It can be
k
w
seen that value of r
indicates

that

decreases as the r a t i o I /1 increases.


w

i f the

independent

c a n t i l e v e r e d wall

This

becomes

stronger, a reduction i n the degree of coupling f o r the equivalent


coupled w a l l s w i l l be caused.
if

the

value

asymptotically

of

It i s also seen from F i g . 5.4 that

i s less

straight

lines,

than

0.5,

showing

the

that

curves
there

approach

is

little

influence of the value of X on the r a t i o r , when I /1 < 0.5.


Thus, the coupling s t i f f n e s s of the equivalent coupled shear
w a l l s can be expressed as:
H

2
/

20S

(5.13)

By i n t r o d u c i n g parameters ct and 3r the expressions o f the


internal

f o r c e s and the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n

o f the lumped coupled

w a l l s have the same forms as those of an ordinary coupled

shear

w a l l , w i t h modified s t r u c t u r a l parajneters a and y and subjected


to the t o t a l external loading.

As i n the d e s c r i p t i o n i n Chapter

2, the expression o f the a x i a l force i n the w a l l s at any l e v e l i s


given by

T = Bcosha x + Csinhcc x + 2 ( M + i
+
m
m
2
e
2"
2
a
a H
a

(5. 14)

where modified parsaneters a and 3r are presented i n Eqs. (5.9) and


m

(5.10);

constants

tn

B and C have been given

i n Eqs. (2.44a) and

(2.44b) i n which the paremeters a and y are s u b s t i t u t e d by a and


m

y ; e x t e r n a l moment M
m

loads,

namely

distributed

due to the three kinds of t y p i c a l l a t e r a l

uniformly

distributed

load,

upper

triangularly

load and concentrated load a c t i n g at the top of the

s t r u c t u r e , has been given i n Eq.(2.17).


The

bending moments i n the lumped coupled w a l l s ,

and M2,

can be obtained by d i s t r i b u t i n g the t o t a l bending moment i n the


w a l l s i n proportion t o t h e i r f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t i e s

1 (M - T
I

M2 =

The

corresponding

(Me - T)

expression of the laminar shear

20S

(S.15)

(5.16)

f o r the

lumped coupled walls i s given by

Ba sinha x + Ca cosha x +M,


+ ^~)
m
m
m
m
2
e
2

a
a H

(5,17)

TT

where

i s presented i n Eq.(2.23).
Since the lumped coupled shear wall i s the replacement of a

set of i n d i v i d u a l coupled w a l l s , the a x i a l f o r c e s , bending moments


and the laminar shear i n the i n d i v i d u a l coupled shear walls w i l l
be determined by an equal d i s t r i b u t i o n of the i n t e r n a l forces T
M, M and q i n the lumped coupled w a l l s .

S2

Interaction

of Uxmped

Coupled

Shear

Walls

and Damped

Independent Wall
In general, under the a c t i o n of l a t e r a l loads, the dominant
modes o f behaviour of a coupled shear wall and an
w a l l , or uncoupled core are d i f f e r e n t .

independent

The former d e f l e c t s under

a combination of bending and a x i a l force a c t i o n and bends i n at


reversal

of curvature

deflects

under

curvature

pure

i n the upper
bending

action

level,
and

while

bends

the l a t t e r

in a

single

Since the s t r u c t u r a l components are constrained to

act together i n the bui l d i n g because of the very high inplane


s t i f f n e s s of f l o o r s l a b s , considerable r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a t e r a l
forces w i l l

occur throughout the s t r u c t u r a l height-

Therefore,

the commonly applied design r u l e s of assuming that the l a t e r a l


loads are d i s t r i b u t e d i n proportion to t h e i r f l e x u r a l

rigidities

or t o the top d r i f t of each component, can lead to s u b s t a n t i a l


e r r o r s as a r e s u l t of the r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a t e r a l forces-

207

When the equivalent plane structure


subjected

to

external

horizontal

shown i n F i g . 5.2 i s

loads,

the

distributed

i n t e r a c t i o n force ( F i g . 5.3) i s given by


V

rx = EI
By

dM

dx

dx

Eq.(5.14)

subs t i t ut i ng

d i f f e r e n t i at i ng twi ce the

(5.18)

into

distributed

Eq.(5.6)

and

then

interstction force can be

found as:
w ,

n =~j~ - ~^)
dx
dx

(5.19)

or
(wx/H + u ) ( l -

n =

a'"Bcosha x + Csinha x)

(S.20)

a
When the structure

i s subjected to a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d

load w i t h an i n t e n s i t y o f u per unit height, Eq.(5.20) becomes

I
n

y *

= u 1 + "4~n )

(5.21)

i n which
n

= (K t a n M

+ sechK )cosftK - K sinWC g -

(5.22)

and
K = aH

(5.23a)

g = x/H

(5.23b)

208

When the structure

i s subjected

to an upper

triangularly

d i s t r i b u t e d load with a maximum i n t e n s i t y of w, Eq.(5.20) becomes

+n2 w)

(52 4 )

i n which
n

*
w

(^anhKm + sechK m )coshK^sinhK g - g


m
2
m

And when the structure

(5.25)

i s subjected to a concentrated load

a c t i n g at the top of the s t r u c t u r e , Eq,(5.20) becomes

- P 1 + 2n

(5.26)

i n which
n

=anhK coshK sinhK g


m m

(5.27)

I t i s obvious that the i n t e r a c t i o n force function n

(n , n
u

and n ) i s a measure of the r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a t e r a l force which


P
occurs throughout the height of the s t r u c t u r e .
Figs.

5.5 5.6 and 5.7 show the v a r i a t i o n of d i s t r i b u t e d

i n t e r a c t ion f o r c e along the s t r u c t u r a l height, f o r a comprehensive


range of values of the modified coupling s t i f f n e s s parameter K
when

the structure

distributed

i s respectively

subjected

to a

uniformly

loaxi an upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d

losid and a

concentrated load a c t i n g at the top of the s t r u c t u r e .

I t can be

seen that as the coupling s t i f f n e s s increases, the r e d i s t r i b u t i o n


of external l a t e r a l loads between the two s t r u c t u r a l

209

assemblies

becomes more s i g n i f i c a n t i n the lower l e v e l s of the s t r u c t u r e . I t


indicates
lateral

that
loads

cantilevered
lower

the coupled
in

wall

levels.

upper

takes

walls

levels,

carry

relatively

whereas

proportionately

Obviously,

provide a useful

shear

the curves

the

independent

more l a t e r a l
given

more

loads i n

i n these

figures

guide f o r designers to assess e f f e c t i v e l y the

degree of r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a t e r a l forces.
F i g . 5.5 i s presented i n reference
Furthermore,

the

shear

S i m i l a r f i g u r e to

[
2
9

force

carried

by

the

lumped

independent wall i s given by

V = - EI ?
d T x

By

d i f f e r e n t i at i ng

dM

= -

d x

Eq.(5.6),

t he

shear

force

in

the

independent w a l l can be found to be


I
,

^(H

(5.29)

- x ) + u(H - x) + P - q

Where there i s only a uniformly

d i s t r i b u t e d load, Eq.(5.29)

becomes

V = uH (i u

(5.30)

+v

i n which

V* = UanhK + sechK/K )sK ? -

210

c
o
s
7
2
K
j

- g + 1

(5.31)

Where there i s only an upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d

load

Eq-(5.29) becomes

V = wH/2
w

I
I

-/

^ (1 -

(5.32)

i n which
2

V = ("nhK

+ 2sechK/K )sinhK g - coshK-? - 2/K + 1

(5.33)

And where there i s only a concentrated load a c t i n g at the top


of the s t r u c t u r e , Eq.(5.29) becomes

= P

(5.34)

-V
p

i n which
V = tanhK sinhK g - coshK g + 1
m m

(5.35)

It cam be seen from Eqs. (5.30) 5.32) and (5.34) that the
shear f o r c e V w i l l decrease with an increase of c o e f f i c i e n t
(V?

and V p ) , whose magnitude depends on the coupling s t i f f n e s s

parameter Kand the r e l a t i v e height


The curves
variation
height

p l o t t e d i n F i g s . 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10 e x h i b i t the

of c o e f f i c i e n t s

V , V

and V

against

the r e l a t i v e

f o r d i f f e r e n t values of coupling s t i f f n e s s parameter K.

The values
parameter

of V V
u

K
m

and V

implying

that

increase with an increase o f the


the shear

force

carried

by the

independent c a n t i l e v e r e d wall w i l l decrease when the l i n t e l beams


i n the coupled shear w a l l s become s t i f f e r .
By

putting=1 i n t o Eqs, (5-30),

211

(5.32) and (5.34), the

shear force at the top l e v e l , Vu, i n d i f f e r e n t loading cases can


H

be obtained r e s p e c t i v e l y ,

Vu

= - uH

HU

Vu

= - wH/2

Hw

Hence

Hp

= tanhK

i t ceua

(536)

Hu

^V
2
Hw

(5.37)

be

(5.38)

Hp

(si+
m

Hw

= - p_!l_v*

HP

= UnhK

"

,V

1/K ) coshK
m

2/K ) coshK

(5.39)

in

- 2/K

(5,40)

si

(5.41)

m m

deduced

that

concentrated

lateral

ixiteratioxi force must be present at the top l e v e l so as to produce


a shear force at the f r e e end of the equivalent
5.3) to s a t i s f y the e q u i l i b r i u m c o n d i t i o n .

structure ( F i g .

The magnitude of the

concentrated top i n t e r a c t ion force w i l l be equal to that of the


top shear force i n the lumped independent w a l l , V

(V , V

and

HP

F i g . 5.11 shows the values of the top shear force f a c t o r s ,


V* , V
Hu

Hw

and V of the independent wall against


Hf>

s t i f f n e s s parameter K .

the

coupling

I t can be seen that the values of the top

212

shear

force

concentrated

factors

are a l l p o s i t i v e ,

i n t e r a c t i o n force

indicating

that the

at the top, between the lumped

coupled w a l l s and the lumped independent w a l l , i s always a t e n s i l e


f o r c e i n d i f f e r e n t loading cases.
shear f o r c e
increases

wi 11

I t i s also seen that the top

decrease as the coupling

when subjected

st i f f n e s s

to distributed lateral

parameter

loads, while i t

w i l l increase when subjected t o a ccmcentrated load a c t i n g at the


top o f the s t r u c t u r e .
By s u b s t i t u t i n g zero f o r i n Eq. (5.29) the shear force at
t he

base

1 eve 1

i n the i independent

cant i 1 e vered

wal 1 can be

determined as f o l l o w s :
I
V = wH/2 + uH + P)
0
I

(5.42)

As a r e s u l t , the shear forces at the base l e v e l i n the lumped


coupled w a l l s 1 and 2 are deduced t o be

(5.43a)

01

= wH/2 + uH + P)
I

02

= ^
I

(5.43b)

(wH/2 + uH + P)

From Eqs. (5.42), (5.43a) and (5.43b), i t i s shown that the


base shear force i n the i n d i v i d u a l wall i s always proportional t o
the f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t y , and the t o t a l base shear of the structure
i s equal t o the sum of external h o r i z o n t a l f o r c e s .

5*2.3 Lateral Deflection of Equivalent Structure


As

given

i n Eq.(5.6), the bending moment c a r r i e d by the

213

independent c a n t i l e v e r e d wall i s

(Ms - T)

Mw = ^

(5.44)

Once the bending moment

i s defined, i t becomes possible to

integrate

Eq*(5.44)

twice

and to use the boundary

conditions

described i n Eqs. (5.45a) and (5.45b) to derive the expression of


l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n of the equivalent structure given i n Eq.

y| x = 0 = 0

x=0rt

y =
"

- Y

oc

2a

(5.45a)

= 0

(5.45b)

+ L[B(1 -

(5.46)

+ C(ccx - sinhcc x)]


m

+ J^l)kEi
6a H

(5.46)

whers
3

Y= ^ ( 2 0 H x

- 10H x + x ) + ^ ( S H x

- 4Hx +x ) + ,(3Hx - x )

I t i s obvious that Eq.(5.46) has the same form as that f o r an


ordinary coupled shear wali
substance

of s t r u c t u r a l

The main d i f f e r e n c e l i e s

parameter a and

i n the

and the f l e x u r a l

r i g i d i t y I which i s now considered as the sum of f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t y


of the i n d i v i d u a l walls and cores, and given by Eq.(5.7).

214

53

ELASTOPLASTIC BEHAVIOUR

Consider the equivalent plane s t r u c t u r e as shown i n F i g . 5.2,


which c o n s i s t s of a lumped coupled wall and a lumped independent
wall

connected by

axialiy

three kinds of t y p i c a l

rigid

lateral

pin-ended

loads

links,

subjected

uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d

load, upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d load and a concentrated


a c t i n g at the top of the s t r u c t u r e .

to

load

I t i s known that i f external

h o r i z o n t a l loads are g r a d u a l l y increased, there w i l l eventually be


a l i m i t s i t u a t i o n when the bending moment at the end of the most
heavily stressed l i n t e l

beam i n the

reaches

moment

its

ultimate

elastoplastic

structural

lumped coupled

capacity,

system.

thereby

Further

shear walls
forming

increase of

an

lateral

loads w i l l lead to the upward and the downward spreads of laminae


p l a s t i f icat ion

and

result

in

two

types

of

partial

failure

mechanism, namely threeregion case with a p l a s t i c central region


and tworegion case with a p l a s t i c upper region, as described i n
Chapter 3.

However, the two-region

r e g i o n wi 11

not

supported

occur

because the

on EL r i g i d foundation.

case with a p l a s t i c

lower

s t r u c t u r e i s assumed to

be

On the other hand, under the

a c t i o n of l a t e r a l loads i t i s possible f o r the lumped independent


c a n t i l e v e r e d w a l l to reach i t s ultimate f l e x u r a l strength at the
base l e v e l p r i o r to the f a i l u r e of the lumped coupled w a l l s .
Therefore,

there

are

two

different

collapse c r i t e r i a

design i n the present e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis:


the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y of l i n t e l

215

for

(1) L i m i t a t i o n of

beams, or maximum r o t a t i o n a l

d u c t i l i t y of laminae; and

(2) Ultimate f l e x u r a l strength of the

independent c a n t i l e v e r e d w a l l , or maximum bending moment i n the


wall

at the base

level.

Obviously,

i n the process

of the

e l a s t o - p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s i t i s necessary t o ensure not only


the

that

laminar r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y does not exceed the r o t a t i o n a l

ductility

capacity,

but a l s o

that

the bending

moment of the

independent wall at the base l e v e l does not reach i t s ultimate


f l e x u r a l capacity.
Because
equivalent

the lumped

coupled

walls

may be treated

as an

coupled shear wall with modified parameters a and y

the e l a s t o p l a s t i c s t r u c t u r a l response of the lumped coupled walls


to e x t e r n a l

lateral

loads can be determined i n the same way as

that done f o r a normal coupled shear wal1.

Thus the equations

used t o determine the a x i a l force i n the w a l l s , the laminar shear


and

the l a t e r a l

deflections

presented

i n Chapter

3 f o r the

e l a s t o p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s of coupled shear walls are s t i l l v a l i d f o r


the e l a s t o p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s of the lumped coupled w a l l s , only that
the parameters cc and y i n the equations should be substituted by
the modified parameters <x and y which are defined by Eqs. (5.9)
m

and

(5.10).

5.3.1 ThreeRegion Case with a P l a s t i c Central Region


1, iastic

i^gion

l i n t e l beams behave e l a s t i c a l l y *
the

laminar

shear

are

In t h i s

region, the

The a x i a l force i n the walls and

presented

i n Eqs. (3-2)

and (3-3)

r e s p e c t i v e l y , and the constants B and C are given i n Eqs. (3.5)


and

(3.7) r e s p e c t i v e l y .

By d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g T

216

(Eq.3.2) twice and

then

substituting

into

Eq.(5.19),

the

distributed

interaction

force i n the e l a s t i c upper region can be expressed as:

(wx/H

+ u)(l a

By

substituting

- a "B cosha x + C sinha x)


m t
m
t
m ,

Eq.(3.3)

into

Eq.(5.29), the

(5.47)

shear

force

c a r r i e d by the independent cantilevered wall i s given by

B sinha x + C cosha x

y w

aH

^(H -

2-

x ) + u(H - x) + p

Pastic Centra J Hegion

x : ) .

(5.48)

In

p l a s t i c hinges form at the ends of a l l the laminae.

this

region,

The magnitude

of the laminar shear over t h i s region i s constant and equal to the


u l t i m a t e laminar shear,

Since the second d e r i v a t i v e of Eq.3.9) i s equal to zero,


the d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n force i n t h i s region can be determined
from Eq.(5.19) as follows:

It
external

can

be

I
= J
1

(wx/H

(5.49)

+ u)

seen from Eq. (5.49) that

action

of

d i s t r i b u t e d loads, the d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n force

in

..217

under the

the p l a s t i c region i s proportional t o external d i s t r i b u t e d loads,


while under the a c t i o n of a concentrated load a the top o f the
structure

there

i s no d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n force

i n this

region.
The shear force i n the cantilevered wall can be obtained from
Eq.(5.29) as:
I
2
2
V = [w(H - x )/2 + u(H - x) + P - q ]

3. 2ast:ic Loweregion

(0sx:s",

l i n t e l beams behave e l a s t i c a l l y .
the

laminar

shear

(5.50)

In this

region the

The a x i a l force i n the walls and

are presented

i n Eqs.(3. 16)

and (3,17)

r e s p e c t i v e l y , and the constants Band Care given i n Eqs. (3.19)


and
and

(3.25) r e s p e c t i v e l y .
then

substituting

By d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g TEq.(3.16) twice
i t into

Eq. (5. 19)

the d i s t r i b u t e d

i n t e r a c t i o n force i n the e l a s t i c lower region can be obtained:

I r
= 4 (wx/H + u ) ( l

By

"

7 2
1
- a B f l coshax + C , i n h a x)

(5.51)

s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(3.17) into Eq.(5.29) the shear

force

c a r r i e d by the independent cantilevered wall i s given by


yw
v =

^"
2

~(H a H

x ) + u(H - x) + p

218

a
(5.52)

By p u t t i n g x-H i n t o Eq. (5.48)

the shear force at the free

end of the independent wall can be determined conveniently,

oc B ; i n h a H + C cosha H
V

y w

(5.53)

a H

The

magnitude of the concentrated top i n t e r a c t i o n force N

between the coupled w a l l s and the independent wall i s equal to V

(Eq. 5.53).

5L3.2

TwoRegion Case with a P l a s t i c Upper Region

1. P i a s " c f/pper Region

Cx^x^/O,

Since

d e r i v a t i v e of the a x i a l force i n coupled w a l l s , T

tp

the

second

Eq. (3.49), i s

equal to zero, the d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n force i n the p l a s t i c


upper region can be obtained from Eq.(5, 19) as follows:

I
= ^

(wx/H + u)

(5.54)

The shear force c a r r i e d by the independent cantilevered wall


can be determined from Eq.(5.29) as follows:

I
= ^

[ W ( H - x )/2 + u(H - x) + P - q ]

2. astic Lower Region


Tn

(^x:Sx,

By

(5,55)

differentiating

Eq.(3-51) twice and then s u b s t i t u t i n g i t i n t o Eq.(5. 19), the

d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n force i n the e l a s t i c lower region i s

219

(wx/H +

3"

- -|_) - a (Bp cosha x +


a

where

and

sinha x)

(5.56)

are presented i n Eqs. (3.54a) and (3.54b)

By s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(3.52) into Eq.(5.29), the shear force i n


the independent c a n t i l e v e r e d wall i s given by

VV = ~ ^ a ^|B sinha x + C cosha x

(H x + u(H - x)

(5.57)

By s u b s t i t u t i n g H f o r x i n Eq.(5.55), the shear force at the


f r e e end of the independent w a l l ceoi be determined as follows:

(P -

In the tworegion case with

(5.58)

q
a plastic

upper region,

the

magnitude of the concentrated top i n t e r a c t i o n force N between the


coupled w a l l s and the independent wall i s equal to Vu.

5.4

NUMERICAL INVESTIGATION

A representative

30-storey b u i l d i n g which c o n s i s t s of s i x

p a i r s of coupled f l a n k shear walls and SL core i s shown i n Fig


s'12 and considered as an example to i l l u s t r a t e the t h e o r e t i c a l
r e s u l t s presented i n t h i s Chapter.

220

The geometrical and s t r u c t u r a l

p r o p e r t i e s of the example structure are given i n Table 5

It i s

assumed that the s t r u c t u r e i s subjected to a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d


r e s u l t a n t load a c t i n g along the a x i s of symmetry over the height
of the s t r u c t u r e .

The i n t e n s i t i e s of the resultant external loads

are 80 kN/m, 110 kN/m and 160 kN/m, to enable a comparison o f the
s t r u c t u r a l responses t o d i f f e r e n t loading i n t e n s i t i e s to be made.
When the s t r u c t u r e remains i n a f u l l y e l a s t i c state under the
a c t i o n o f external loading, the d i s t r i b u t e d i n t e r a c t i o n f o r c e , the
shear f o r c e arid bending moment i n the independent cantilevered
wall

can be determined by using

respectively.

Eqs. (5.21),

(5.30) and (5.6)

F i g s . 5.13 and 5.14 show the load d i s t r i b u t i o n i n

the independent wall and i n the coupled shear walls

respectively.

I t i s obvious that the coupled shear walls c a r r y r e l a t i v e l y more


load i n the upper l e v e l , whereas the independent wall c a r r i e s more
load

i n the lower

structural

level.

and loading

taken place

I t i s seen

conditions

( F i g . 5.13).

that

under the given

a case of load reversal has

C l e a r l y , the independent wall has to

withstand a l a t e r a l force with an i n t e n s i t y greater than that of


the e x t e r n a l

load, u i n the lower l e v e l of the structure-

In

p r a c t i c a l design, a t t e n t i o n should be given to t h i s phenomenon.


For

comparison,

coupled w a l l s
simple

design

the values

and c a n t i l e v e r e d
assumption

that

of the load
wall

distribution i n

are derived

external

lateral

by using the
forces

are

d i s t r i b u t e d between two s t r u c t u r a l components i n proportion to


t h e i r f l e x u r a l r i g i d i t i e s , without any account being taken of the
increased

s t i f f n e s s a r i s i n g from the coupling

case, the d i s t r i b u t i o n w i l l

beams-

In that

be constant, and presented by the

221

dotted l i n e s i n F i g s . 5.13 and 5.14.


adoption o f the simple design r u l e s

I t i s indicated that the


i n a l l circumstances

will

incur a considerable number of e r r o r s .


By using Eq.(5.36) the magnitude of the concentrated top
i n t e r a c t i v e f o r c e i n the given s t r u c t u r a l and loading cases i s
equal t o 3.32 % of the t o t a l applied load uH.
The

curves

plotted

i n Figs.

5. 15 and 5. 16 exhibit the

v a r i a t i o n o f the shear f o r c e and the bending moment c a r r i e d by the


independent wal1.

The magnitude of these

presented i n EL form of percentage


maixinuim a p p l i e d moment (uH /2).

internal

forces i s

of t o t a l applied load (uH) and


I t i s shown that the values of

the shear f o r c e and the bending moment are much less than those
based on the simple design assumption (dotted l i n e s ) .

In f a c t , as

a r e s u l t of n e g l e c t i n g the c o n t r i b u t i o n of coupling e f f e c t caused


by the l i n t e l

beams i n coupled shear w a l l s , the i n t e r n a l forces

are o f t e n overestimated
underestimated

i n the independent c a t i l e v e r e d wall but

i n the coupled shear walls when using the simple

design r u l e s f o r the a n a l y s i s .
In

order

structural

t o determine

behaviour

the e l a s t i c

o f threedimensional

and

elastoplastic

regular

s t r u c t u r e s , the example s t r u c t u r e shown i n F i g .

shear

wall

5.12, subjected to

a u n i f o r m l y d i s t r i b u t e d load with d i f f e r e n t i n t e n s i t y of u = 80,


110 and 160 kN/m r e s p e c t i v e l y , i s analysed.

The ultimate laminar

shear cf may be obtained by using the formula


j
w
the

ultimate flexural

determined

capacity of the l i n t e l

q = 2M/(bh),
u
u
beams

can be
563

based on the s t i p u l a t i o n of the design code[ .

t h i s case, the value of q i s found to be 406 kN/m.

222

and

In

F i g s . 5.17 to 5.20 show the laminar shear, the d i s t r i b u t e d


i n t e r a c t i o n f o r c e , the shear force and the bending moment i n the
independent w a l l .

In F i g . 5.17, i t can be seen that when u =

80kN/m the structure

remains i n a f u l l y

when u = 110 and 160 kN/m the structure


"three-region"

elasto-plastic

e l a s t i c state,

whereas

becomes, respectively, a

structural

system with a p l a s t i c

central

region and a "two-region" system with a p l a s t i c upper

region.

I n the threeregion case, the values of the boudaries

between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions,


equal t o 0.603 and 0.088 r e s p e c t i v e l y .

X
2

/H and x,H are

In the tworegion case,

the value o f the boundary x/H i s equal to 0.036.


Fig.

5.18 shows the v a r i a t i o n

of d i s t r i b u t e d

f o r c e along the height of the s t r u c t u r e ,


three

different

distributed

structural

states.

interaction

corresponding to the

I t i s shown

that the

i n t e r a c t i o n force i s constant i n p l a s t i c region, and

the magnitude i s proportional to u and


Fig.
the

5.19 shows the v a r i a t i o n of the shear force c a r r i e d by

independent w a l l .

increase

with

medium.

The

I t can be seen that the shear force w i l l

the spread
shear

of plast i f i c a t i o n

force

at

the base

i n the continuous
level

p r o p o r t i o n a l t o the i n t e n s i t y of external loads.


the bending moment i n the independent w a l l .

i s directly

F i g . 5.20 shows

I t i s c l e a r that as

p l a s t i c i t y spreads i n the lamime, the base bending moment i n the


cantilevered

wall w i l l be sharpened g r e a t l y .

This indicates that

the wider the range of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n , the greater the magnitude


of the base bending moment i n the independent w a l l .
Because a three-dimensional regular symmetrical shear

223

wall

structure

can

be

treated

as

an

equivalent

plane

coupled

wall-independent wall system, the r e s u l t s obtained are traxisformed


back into the r e a l threedimensional system a f t e r the analysis of
the s i n g l e s t r u c t u r e i s performed.
The i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n t h i s chapter indicates that the adoption
of the simple design r u l e of assuming that external l a t e r a l forces
are d i s t r i b u t e d among the s t r u c t u r a l components i n proportion to
their flexural rigidities,

i n the analysis of three-dimensional

r e g u l a r shear wal 1 s t r u c t u r e s may incur EL considerable number of


errors.
useful
external
and

However, the curves produced i n t h i s chapter provide a


guide

f o r engineers

lateral

to assess

quickly

the amount of

loads or shear r e d i s t r i b u t i o n , both i n e l a s t i c

i n e l a s t o - p l a s t i c s t a t e s , which i s of notable importance i n

the e a r l y design stage.

224

Table 5.1

Geometrical and structural properties of example


structure.

Lumped coupled w a l l s

Equivalent coupled walls

aH

a H

7.788
H

0.9048x10
h

0.6434xlCf

6.775

,2

(m)

(m )

(m )

(m )

84

2.8

7.2

21.6

17.55

225

(m)

9.114xl0'

Resulting loading
(b)

F i g . 5.1

Plan of regular symmetHcal shear wall systems

226

-5"
DC

sl2
ZA2

:>

:>

SI,

-5"

Fig- 5-2

Equivalent plane structure: Lumped coupled


wall and lumped independent wa" connected
by axially rigid pin-ended links

227

top concentrated interaction force


distributed interaction force

j
TlrTTl

F i g . 5.3

Interaction of lumped coupled wall


emd lumped independent cantilevered
wal 1

228

0.4

0.3
U

h g . 5.4

1.2

1.3

1.4

1'5

1.6

1.7

1:8

f modified coupling sti'ffness to real coMnq


stiffness, Y k

1.9

2.0

10

Fig* 5*5

Variation of distributed interaction force due


action of uniformly distributed load

to

II

Fig- 5*6

Variation of distributed interaction force due


to action of upper triangular distributed I 0 3 d

o
o
8

o
o
Fig- 5*7

Variation of distributed interaction force due to action of


concentrated losd st top

Hg-

5.8

Variation of shear force in independent wall due to


action of uniformly distHbuted load

F i g . 5*9

Vairation of shear force in independent wall due


to action of upper triangularly distributed load

Fig. 5.10

Variation of shear force in independent wall due to


action of concentrated load at top

0 1
2

I
4

Fig- 5.11

I
6

I
8

I
10

Top interaction force for different


coupling s t i f f n e s s

236

I
12

0009
0002

0,1

0009

6000

6000

7500

7500

6000

6000

39000

F i g . 5.12

Example structure (H = 84m h = 2.8m)

237

o
o
o
<u
0

20

40

F i g , 5.13

60

80

100

120

140

160

I_oad d i s t r i b u t i o n i n independent wall

obtained by simple design rule

/x

3 5 e L 3 y

40

F i g . 5.14

20

20

40

60

80

Load'distribution i n coupled shear wall

238

100

.u

J 4 3 q3 A :s
/x
sy
3AI4el-^i

10

15

20

25

30

H/X

F i g . 5.15

Fig..5.16

Shear force carried by indendent wall

Bending moment in independent wall

239

H/X

- s3eLS

70

140

210

280

350

q (kN/m)
F i g . 5.17

Variation of laminar shear corresponding


to d i f f e r e n t loading intensity

240

420

H/X

J t - 5 .s
13
?HL S 3 y

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

n(KN/m)
Fig.

5.18

Variation of distributed interaction force


corresponding to different loading intensity
241

u =

80 KN/m

u = 110 KN/m
u = 160 KN/m

1000

2000

3000

4000

V(kN)
Fig- 5*19

Variation of shear force carried by independent


wall corresponding to d i f f e r e n t loading intensity

242

/ i

i'
j

i - 0i

u =

= no

' i

80

u = 160

KN/m
KN/m
KN/m

H/X

L ; e s

Jq53q

F i g . 5.20

Variation of bending moment in independent wall


corresponding to different loading intensity

243

CHAPTER

ELASTIC AND ELASTO-PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF CORE-WALL STRUCTURES

6-1

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

In many t a l l b u i l d i n g s , reinforced concrete cores housing the


e l e v a t o r s , s t a i r s , and s e r v i c e ducts provide the e n t i r e or p a r t i a l
resistance
motions.
plan

to lateral

loads caused by wind or seismic

I n most cases, core wall structures are rectangular i n

and c o n s i s t

wal 1 s connect ed

e s s e n t i a l l y o f thinwalled
by f 1 oor

s 1 abs

open section shear

or 1 i rate 1 beams at each f 1 oor

l e v e l , t o form a p a r t i a l l y closed box s t r u c t u r e .


often

ground

c a l l e d upon t o c a r r y

t o r s i o n a l loading

These cores are


which i n v a r i a b l y

e x i s t s i n p r a c t i c e , e i t h e r as a r e s u l t of asymmetry o f s t r u c t u r a l
form o r e c c e n t r i c i t y o f the resultant wind f o r c e , or when the
centres o f mass and r i g i d i t y do not coincide as i n the case of
earthquake loading.

Torsion gives r i s e to not only SaintVenant

shear f o r c e s , but also warping shear forces.

The warping stresses

may c o n s t i t u t e to a s i g n i f i c a n t portion of the d i r e c t stresses and


can a f f e c t appreciably the design of the core wall structures.
Under the a c t i o n of applied torques the t o r s i o n a l response
of a perforated core structure l i e s between that o f a thin-walled
beam w i t h open cross s e c t i o n and that of one with a closed box
s e c t i o n , depending on the s t i f f n e s s of the l i n t e l beamstwo

These

s i t u a t i o n s give the r e s u l t s f o r the extreme cases only

244

e i t h e r very f l e x i b l e or very s t i f f
may not represent accurately

lintel

stiff

beams.

However, they

l i n t e l s where bending and

shear i n the structure are of equal importance.


In the a n a l y s i s of core wall structures, the development of
both

effective

and accurate

methods

f o r the p r e d i c t i o n of

s t r u c t u r a l response t o applied torques has been the objective of


many researchers and engineers.
beam

theory

Based on

i n conjunction

with

Vlasovs

thin-walled

the continuum

approach,

various a n a l y t i c a l methods of symmetrical core wall structures are


presented
Taranath
taking

by

Michael

[313

and S t a f f o r d
shear

Rosman[

Smith

deformation

323

and rwin

Coul 1

and Tso and Biswas

into

account,

closed

By

box continuum

3
5

formulations were given by Rutenberg and Tso], and Khan and


363

S t a f f o r d Smith .

An a l t e r n a t i n g open section-closed

box model

[82]

was

proposed by M a i l i c k and Dungar

formulations

o f the problem

83

. In a d d i t i o n , folded plate

were

38

presented

by Gluck and
39

Krauss[ ] Kanchi and Dar[ ],

40

and Coull and Tawfik[ ' ].

Some

[84-86]
other
frame

investigators
analogy[

87-90

employed

transfer

or f i n i t e

element

matrix
method

technique
[91-93]

t o tackle

the problem.
On the other hand, there i s l i t t l e work c a r r i e d out on the
elasto-plastic
94

behaviour of core wall

Andrew[ ] tested

three

doubly

structures.

symmetrical

small

Irwin and
scale

micro-

concrete core models, but no t h e o r e t i c a l analysis was proposed.


[95

Schwaighofer and Ho performed an e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis o f a


s p e c i f i c core structure by use of an equivalent
And

Coull

and Tawfik["

employed a folded

245

frame analogy.

plate

approach i n

association

with

the

continuous

connection

technique f o r

i n v e s t i g a t i n g the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c behaviour of core wall structures


subjected to t o r s i o n a l loading.
This chapter presents a more r e f i n e d theory on the t o r s i o n a l
a n a l y s i s o f core wall s t r u c t u r e s .

Based on Vlasov's thin-walled

beam theory i n conjunction with the continuum approach, a braced


thinwalled
section.

open s e c t i o n

i s replaced

by an equivalent

closed

By considering the shear s t r a i n s and deformations, the

warping t o r s i o n a l s t i f f n e s s and the SaintVenant t o r s i o n constant


are a c c u r a t e l y estimated, r e s u l t i n g i n EL rEttionetl assessment of
the

t o r s i o n a l behaviour of perforated

core structures.

Similar

i n v e s t i g a t i o n f o r core wal 1 structures i s presented by Chan and


Kuang i n reference
perforated

[37].

Moreover, the e l a s t o p l a s t i c analysis of

core s t r u c t u r e s

i s also investigated.

In a s i m i l a r

manner sis that described i n Chapter 3, the e l a s t o p l a s t i c analysis


enables the behaviour o f the structure to be traced from working
load to ultimate c o n d i t i o n .
and

The interfaces between the e l a s t i c

the p l a s t i c regions, as well as the d u c t i l i t y requirement of

the p l a s t i c hinges can be also traced from t h e i r inception f o r


each loading increment to the c o l lapse
s'2

CLOSED SECTION ANALOGY

A t h i n - w a l l e d member o f open section with bracings across the


opening, as shown i n F i g . 6.1, i s a composite case.

Its torsional

behaviour e x h i b i t s the s t r u c t u r a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of both open and


closed

cross-section

members.

The a d d i t i o n of bracings

will

enhance e f f e c t i v e l y the t o r s i o n a l r e s i s t a n t capacity of a t h i n -

246

walled open cross-section member.

For the purpose of a n a l y s i s ,

the bracings are replaced by a continuous medium with


stiffness.

equivalent

The t o r s i o n a n a l y s i s of braced open cross sections may

thus be reduced to the a n a l y s i s of an equivalent closed section


with

modified

bracings-

w a l l thicknesses

By taking

f o r the portions

c o n s i s t i n g of

i n t o account shear s t r a i n

i n the middle

surface of a thinwalled s e c t i o n , an accurate


contribution

of bracings

estimation of the

to t o r s i o n a l resistance

of an open

s e c t i o n can be made, thereby providing a more r a t i o n a l assessment


of

the t o r s i o n a l behaviour of braced thin-walled open section

members.

6.2.1

R e s t r a i n i n g Action of Bracings on Thin-Walled Open Sections


Consider a plan view of a s e c t i o n of a t y p i c a l

core s t r u c t u r e shown i n F i g 6.2.

perforated

The core may be envisaged as a

braced t h i n w a l l e d beam with open cross s e c t i o n , where the l i n t e l


beams are regarded as bracings, as shown i n F i g . 6.3a.
The

analysis

is

based

on

the

following

fundamental

assumptions:
(1) Since

the f l o o r slabs surrounding the core have a very

high in-plane s t i f f n e s s , i t i s assumed that no d i s t o r t i o n


of the c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l shape can occur.

Under the a c t i o n

of t o r s i o n a l loads, the whole s t r u c t u r a l assembly moves


as a r i g i d body i n the h o r i z o n t a l plane.
(2) The braeirigs are replaced

by a set of independently

a c t i n g laminae with equivalent s t i f f n e s s properties.

The

open s e c t i o n with bracings across the opening can then be

247

t r e a t e d as an equivalent closed s e c t i o n ( F i g , 6.3b).

The

d i s c r e t e sets of shear forces may thus be replaced by a


corresponding laminar shear with an i n t e n s i t y of q per
u n i t length.
(3) Mid-points of the laminae are assumed to be the points of
cont raf1exure.
Consider an element dz.ds l y i n g on the middle surface of a
t h i n - w a l l e d s e c t i o n member, as shown i n F i g . 6.4a.

In the present

a n a l y s i s , the shear s t r a i n i n the middle surface caused by Saint


Venant shear s t r e s s
warping

shear

i s taken into account, but that caused

stress

is

neglected.

Therefore,

the

by

shear

straindisplacement r e l a t i o n s h i p can be represented by


3w

i n which,

3v

w = the l o n g i t u d i n a l displacement;
s = the contour d i r e c t i o n ;
T = the shear s t r e s s caused by S t . Venant torsion;
k
t = the thickness of the cross s e c t i o n , and
v = the displacement along the contour d i r e c t i o n s,
v = p9

(6.2)

where 0 i s the angle of t o r s i o n a l r o t a t i o n .


S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(S.2) into Eq.(6. 1) gives
3w

"9'

248

= ^

(6.3)

In the case of pure t o r s i o n , i n t e g r a t i n g Eq.(6.3) y i e l d s

where

i s the

sectorial

(6,4)

cis

coordinate,

and

represents

the

i n t e g r a l along the contour of the basic open s e c t i o n .


In

Eq. (6.4) the

displacement

arising

first
from

term

determines

the

longitudinal

warping

torsion;

the

second

term

represents the e f f e c t of S t . Venant shear force on the warping


deformation.

I t i s evident that under the a c t i o n of an applied

torque, the cross s e c t i o n of a thinwalled member does not remain


plane due to the occurrence of warping deformation.
displacement

i s distributed

i n accordance

with

The warping

the

sectorial

coordinates.
For a t h i n w a l l e d closed s e c t i o n , the c o m p a t i b i l i t y condition
of warping deformation i s represented by

3s
=-

pds + "&

= 0

(6.5)

where
(S.6)

=2A

i n which A

i s the area enclosed by the center l i n e of the wall

t h i c k n e s s of the equivalent closed s e c t i o n .


r e w r i t t e n as:

249

Eq. (6.5) can thus be

-2A

e'

(T,t)f

(6.7)

where t represents St. Venant shear force per unit length i n the
center l i n e o f the w a l l ; and f represents the f l e x i b i l i t y of the
equivalent closed s e c t i o n , g i v i n g

which i s the l o n g i t u d i n a l displacement of a unit depth segment cut


from the member, subjected to unit longitudinal shear force, as
shown i n F i g . 6.5.

The f l e x i b i l i t y

s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of two parts:
of

the b a s i c open s e c t i o n ,

of the equivalent

closed

the f i r s t part i s the f l e x i b i l i t y


^

Lr

the second part i s the

For the transverse braces with a rectangular cross s e c t i o n


f l e x i b i l i t y o f the connecting medium, f .
evenly spaced along the l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n ( F i g .
b

Thus

f b

h b

\
12EI:
b

6.6a)

(6. 10)

where

12pEiy(GA,"
b
b

For the diagonal braces making an anglewith the transverse


d i r e c t i o n ( F i g . 6.6b),

250

For the combination of the above two cases as shown i n Fig


s' 6c

i s equal

to the sum

of the values

determined

by

Eqs.(6.10) and (S.11).


From Eq.(6.7) the S t . Venant shear force can be determined
as
2A
S'

=
By

substituting

displacement

Eq. (6. 12)

of a braced

into

thin-walled

(6.12)
Eq. (6.4), the longitudinal
open s e c t i o n

beam can be

expressed a_s:
w = - e'c/
where w

(6. 13)

i s defined as et generalized s e c t o r i a l coordinate,


2A

w = w

c
5F"

ds

(6.14)

i n which w i s the s e c t o r i a l coordinate.


I t i s obvious that under the same rate of t w i s t , d0/dt, the
value

of

longitudinal

i s always

less

than

w,

indicating

displacement o f a braced open section

that o f a f u l l y open s e c t i o n .

that

the

i s less than

In f a c t , the a d d i t i o n of bracings

to a t h i n - w a l l e d open s e c t i o n w i l l enhance the t o r s i o n a l r e s i s t a n t


capacity-

I t i s because the p a r t l y closed section allows the S t .

Venant t o r s i o n a l stresses to c i r c u l a t e around the contour, thereby

251

developing a high i n t e r n a l resistance, and the c o n t i n u i t y of


p r o f i l e l i n e can also enhance the warping resistance.

the

Moreover,

a d d i t i o n of bracings w i l l r e s u l t i n a s h i f t of the shear center,


thereby

causing

reduction

in

sectorial

36

area[ ]

and

then

reducing the a x i a l deformation and the warping s t r e s s .

Eq.(6.13) the

By d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g

warping s t r a i n i s obtained:

= ew

(6.15)

The warping normal s t r e s s i s then found to be:


<r = - Ee"t/
It

is

noted

displacement
thin-walled

and

that
the

the

(6.16)

expressions

warping

normal

open s e c t i o n , Eqs. (6. 13)

of

the

stress

for

longitudinal
a

braced

axid (6- 16) have the same

form ELS those f o r a f u l l y open s e c t i o n .

The difference l i e s only

i n the values of the s e c t o r i a l area.


Consider a f r e e elememt dz.ds l y i n g on the middle surface, as
shown i n F i g . 6-4b.
requires

The

equilibrium condition

3<r
J

+ _^_

in z direction

that

3(Tt)

= 0

(6.17)

S u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(6.16) into Eq.(6.17) and then i n t e g r a t i n g i t


w i t h respect to s y i e l d s

T t = E6'S* + V

252

(6-18)

in

which

i s a constant shear flow,

and

i s defined as

s e c t o r i a l s t a t i c moment, given by

S w = I w tds

(6.19)

By using the c o m p a t i b i l i t y of shear s t r e s s on middle surface


f o r a t h i n w a l l e d closed member,

f J ds = 0

(6.2Q)

By s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq. (6. 18) into Eq. (6.20) the constant shear


f o r c e V can be determined as:

V = (2A

It

i s noted

from

^|0/f

Eq. (6. 18)

that

(6.21)

shear

force

E9'S,

d i s t r i b u t e s i n the basic open s e c t i o n , but constant shear flow

c i r c u l a t e s around whole the equivalent closed s e c t i o n ( F i g . 6.7a).


By

s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq. (6.21)

back

into

Eq. (6.18) the shear

f o r c e c a r r i e d by the equivalent closed s e c t i o n i s given by

Tt

(6. 22)

T t = Ee'S* - ^
W

(J

T t

rL

f S,*
J

2A
=_^6'

S.23)

(6.24)

253

and T ^ t and t represent the warping shear force and S t . Venant


shear f o r c e , r e s p e c t i v e l y .
According to the e q u a l i t y of complementary shear stresses of
the

imaginary cut ( F i g . 6.7b) i t can be deduced that the laminar

shear

q i s equal

to the constant shear flow

described i n

Eq.(6.21).

Hence,

q - (2A0' - t

f S* ^ | ) / f

(6.25)

s
Furthermore, when the opening vanishes, a braced open section
w i l l become a closed box s e c t i o n .
above are s t i l l

valid.

However, the formulae mentioned

But i n t h i s

case, the f l e x i b i l i t y of

bracings L i s equal t o zero, and the f l e x i b i l i t y


b

of a closed

s e c t i o n can be determined by Eq. (6.8).

6*2.2

Generalized S e c t o r i a l Moment of I n e r t i a and Modified St*


Venant Torsion Constant
Under the a c t i o n of applied torques, the t w i s t i n g moment i n

each

section

of a

braced

c o n s i s t e d o f two parts:

thin-walled

open

warping t o r s i o n a l

section

beam i s

moment and St. Venant

t o r s i o n a l moment
M

= M

+ M

(S.26)

Warping t o r s i o n a l moment My a r i s e s from warping shear force


T t and i s determined as follows:

254

Ee

"'(- J " " "

2A

( 6

2 7 )

D e f i n i n g Iw as generalized s e c t o r i a l moment of i n e r t i a
,

2A
I J V t d s + ^ J" S
2

the expression of

^|

.28)

(6

becomes

M = - EI e'

6.29)

The St.Venant t o r s i o n a l moment M

MK = f

i s determined by

(t)pds = G I '

6.30)

where I i s a modified S t . Venant t o r s i o n constant, defined by


K

4A
I

Gf

Obviously, the expression f o r i n Eq. (6.31) i s s i m i l a r to


the

well-known

Bredt's

formula[

593

and has the same

physical

i n t e r p r e t a t i o n as i t does.
By s u b s t i t u t i n g

Eqs.(6.29) and (6.30) into

Eq.(6.26), the

t w i s t i n g moment can be expressed as:

M = EI e"' + GI,6'
T

Ic

255

(6.32)

Due

to the consideration

of the r e s t r a i n i n g a c t i o n of

bracings on a thin-walled open s e c t i o n , the generalized

sectorial

moment of i n e r t i a I and the modified St. Venant t o r s i o n constant


IK

can give

more r a t i o n a l

and accurate

assessment

o f the

torsional properties.

6.2.3

Governing Equation
By

letting
G

(6.33)

= ~ ^
EI

0)

and

rearranging

Eq. (6.32) the governing equation f o r a braced

t h i n w a l l e d bearn of open cross s e c t i o n can be given by

M
0'

(6.34)

EI

I t i s noted that Eq. (6.34) has the same form as the t o r s i o n a l


e q i i i l i b r i u n i equation of a thin-walled open s e c t i o n beam given by
34

Vlasov[ ] but i t gives a better physical i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f the


r e l a t i o n s h i p between t o r s i o n a l properties and applied torques f o r
braced thin-walled open s e c t i o n s .
I f the member i s subjected
with an i n t e n s i t y of m

to a d i s t r i b u t e d t o r s i o n a l load

the t w i s t i n g

r e l a t e d by
dM

256

moments M

and mt are

Hence, the governing equation i s expressed as:

e - X V

- 4
EI

(6.35)

In the case of a concentrated torque, the general s o l u t i o n of


Eq.(6.34) i s given by

0 = C

M z
+ C coshz + C sinhz + ~ 2 ~ ^
X EI*

(6.36)

In the case of a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d t o r s i o n a l load with an


i n t e n s i t y of m per unit

length, the torque at any p o s i t i o n i s

- m(L - z)

(6-37)

whereis the length of the thinwalled member.


Then the general s o l u t i o n becomes

e = C
1

where
C

C2

+ C2 coshz + C3 sinhz +

and

C3

are

the

( L z z /2)
A
X EI*
2

integration

(6.38)

constants, which

are

determined by appropriate boundary c o n d i t i o n s .


The d i f f e r e n t types of boundary conditions are as follows:
(1) For simply supported

end,

= 0

8 = 0

(6.39a)
( i . e . <r = - E0w )

(6.39b)

257

(2) For f i x e d end


6 = 0
6' = 0

(6.40a)
(i.e. w = -

(6.40b)

(3) For free end


(6.41a)

= 0

( i . e . <r = -E9"w )

(6.41b)

For a :braced
= M thin-walled
M = givenbeam
applied
of open
torque)
cross section with one
T
end

f i x e d and the other f r e e , the s o l u t i o n of Eq.(6.34) due to a

concentrated torque M a c t i n g at the free end i s found to be

M
A H

The

(6.42)

z _ sinhz - tanhL(l coshz)

s o l u t i o n of Eq.(6.35) due to si uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d

torque with an i n t e n s i t y of m per unit length i s found to be


mL
6 =

z - s i n h ( z ) - (tanhL + ^ M : )

z'

(1 cosMz)

Since a perforated

(6.43)

core i s envisaged as a braced thin-walled

open s e c t i o n beam, the equations presented i n t h i s chapter can


c e r t a i n l y be used to t a c k l e the problem of core wall structures.

258

6.3

ELASTOPLASTIC BEHAVIOUR

Consider the representative perforated core structure shown


in

F i g . 6.8.

chapters,

As i n the investigations described

i t i s assumed that the l i n t e l

i n earlier

beams have EL b i l i n e r

moment-curvature r e l a t i o n s h i p ( F i g . 3.4) so that the beams behave


elastically

up to an ultimate

value

M and thereafter the


u

flexural

d e f l e c t i o n s increase with no increase

i n the bending

moment u n t i l a l i m i t i n g curvature i s reached.


If

the applied

torque

i s graduate l y

increased,

limit

s i t u a t i o n w i l l eventually be achieved when the bending moment at


the

end of the most h e a v i l y stressed l i n t e l

u l t i m a t e moment capacity.
wal 1

structure

increased,

occurs.

the region

u l t i m a t e value of q
initial

beam reaches i t s

The e l a s t o - p l a s t i c state of the core


I f the appl ied

torque

i n which the laminar

i s further

shear reaches the

wi 11 spread upwards and downwards from the

p o s i t i o n , r e s u l t i n g i n a p l a s t i c region i n the central

portion,

and w i l l

form

a three-region

system

with

c e n t r a l region but with the upper and the lower regions


being

elastic

( F i g . 6.9).

I t i s evident

plastic
still

that the problem i s

reduced mainly to determining the l e v e l s of the interfaces between


the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions, and the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y
of the l i n t e l beams.

I t i s t a c i t l y assumed that the l i n t e l beams

f a i l or the l i m i t of d u c t i l i t y i s reached p r i o r to any y i e l d i n g of


the w a l l elements.

259

6-3_l

R o t a t i o n of Structure and Boundary of P l a s t i c i t y


Consider an e l a s t o p l a s t i c

core-wall

three-region case shown i n F i g . 6.9.


before f o r the e l a s t i c

structure

with the

A l l the equations presented

a n a l y s i s can be used to a s s i s t

i n the

a n a l y s i s f o r the upper and the lower regions.


From Eq.(6.38), the s o l u t i o n s of the governing equations f o r
the

lower

and the upper regions, i n the case

of a uniformly

d i s t r i b u t e d torque with an i n t e n s i t y of m per unit length, are


expressed by
2

= C

+ C coshz + C sinhz +

~^(Hz -

z /2)

(0
(6.44)

= C7 + C
+2
*(Hz - z /2)
8 coshz + 9C j i n h z
t
A EI*

(zz
(6.45)

In

the p l a s t i c

central

region,

the shear

flow

i n the

connecting medium i s constant and equal to the ultimate laminar


shear q
u

From Eq.(6.18) the shear flow i n the cross section

thus becomes:

Tt = Ee'S* + q

(6.46)

The corresponding t w i s t i n g moment i s found to be

MT = # (Tt) pds = - EI:8' + 2Aoqu

260

(6.47)

Hence, the governing equation f o r the p l a s t i c region can be


w r i t t e n as:
2A q
0"'

(6.48)
EI

EI

The general s o l u t i o n of Eq.(6.48) i s found to be:

8A q
0

= C, + C r z + C,zV2

- m(4H z)
(Z,Z:Z2)

24EI

(6.49)
where

constants

to

in

the

above

equations

are

the

integraitiori constants, which may be determined from the boundary


conditions

at

the top and

the bottom

of

the core,

and

the

c o n d i t i o n s of e q u i l i b r i u m and c o m p a t i b i l i t y at the junctions of


the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions.
At the top and the bottom of the s t r u c t u r e , the boundary
c o n d i t i o n s are given by

e = 0

(x = 0)

(6.50a)

= 0

(x = 0)

(6.50b)

0 = 0

(x = H)

(6.50c)

At the interfaces between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions


i t i s required that i f z = z,,

261

(6.51a)
(6.51b)
(6.51c)

and i f z = z ,
6 = e

(6,52a)

0, = 9'

(6.52b)

0" = 6''

(6.52c)

By s o l v i n g simultaneously Eqs.(6.44), (6-45) and (6.49), the


constants

to C 9 can be determined and are given i n Appendix I I .

Maximum r o t a t i o n of the structure can be obtained by putting


z = H i n t o Eq.(6.45), g i v i n g
H

=;
+ 8CcosMH +9 C,in+ 2 *
7
H
2A EI*

(6.53)

0>

At
plastic

the l e v e l s

o f interfaces

between the e l a s t i c

and the

regions,

and
the l a M n a r shear i s equal to the

u l t i m a t e laminar shear q , that i s

= q

qfl = q

(8-54SL)

(6.54b)

It i s evident that Eqs.(6.54a) and (6.54b) can serve f o r the


e v a l u a t i o n of the upper and the lower l i m i t s of p l a s t i c i t y , and

262

z2.

By

differentiating

substituting

Eqs.(S.44)

i t into Eq.(6.25),

and

(6.45),

and

then

the l i m i t i n g conditions may be

expressed as:

=m/q

(6.55a)

m/q

in

which

the f u n c t i o n s

(S.55b)

FzZ2)

r e l a t i o n s h i p o f the boundaries

and

and z , and are given i n d e t a i l

i n Appendix I I .

6.3.2

Method of S o l u t i o n
For any applied torque a c t i n g on a core wall structure i n

which some of the connecting

laminae

are stressed to y i e l d i n g

values, there are corresponding values of

and .

The method

f o r determining the l e v e l s of interfaces 2 and z 2 corresponding


to each appl ied torque may be developed
that

described i n Chapter

3.

i n a s i m i l a r manner as

The d e t a i l e d procedures

are as

follows:
(1) The upper l e v e l of p l a s t i c i t y z i s i n i t i a l l y chosen at a
s p e c i a l p o s i t i o n between the l e v e l s of z
and H where
r
f
max
z

msx

represents

obt sd ned

the l e v e l

i n the e l a s t i c

of maximum
ana1ys i s

laminar

shear

by d i fferent i at i ng

Eq.(6.25) and then equating i t t o zero.


(2) With the value of z , the corresponding value of zcan
be

evaluted

by

employing

263

the r e l a t i o n s h i p

o f the

F^z,,:^)

defin

boundaries

and

F,(z z J

= F (z ,z ) .

1 1 2

This i s

12

r e a d i l y achieved by the Newton-Raphson method.


(3) Having

fixed

the values

and

z the

corresponding

r a t i o of applied torque and ultimate laminar shear,

m/qu,

can then be determined by using Eq.(6,55a) or Eq.(6-55b).


(4) I f the value of F or F 2 i s equal to m/q",

and

wi

be

11

regarded

as

the

the levels of

heights of

the

i n t e r f a c e s between the e l a s t i c and the p l a s t i c regions,


so that the c a l c u l a t i o n may be terminated.

However, if*

the value of F or F 2 i s not equal to J^q u , a new upper


level

of

has

to

be

chosen

again, and

then

the

i n t e r a t i v e procedure i s repeated.
I t i s evident that i f F(z ,z ) i s greater than m/q , a

12
value of z

new

l e s s than that chosen before should be adopted, and

vice versa.
This
applied

procedure
torque

and

establishes
the

spread

the
of

relationship
plastif ication

between

the

due

the

to

propagation of the forming of p l a s t i c hinges i n the l i n t e l beams


throughout the s t r u c t u r e .

With the exact values of and z 2 > the

i n t e r n a l forces and the deformations of a core wall structure at


the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c s t a t e can be conveniently achieved.
6.3.3

D u c t i l i t y Requirement
In the

elasto-plastic

assumed that the


ductility

to

plastic

allow

the

analysis,

hinges

been

implicitly

contain s u f f i c i e n t

rotational

plasticity

connecting laminae.

264

to

i t has

spread

throughout

the

Under the a c t i o n of applied torques, the warping deformation


will

take place i n the walls of a core structure

thereby causing the laminae at any

level

( F i g . 10a),

to undergo a r o t a t i o n

through SL angle 0, that i s

0 =

(6.5S)

b
When then

laminar reaches

the

ultimate

value, the

yield

r o t a t i o n may be expressed as:

(6.57)

b
At the imaginary c u t , the v e r t i c a l displacement due to the
warping deformation ( F i g . 10b) i s given by

and

the

vertical

o>

= 0' (w

displacement

oO
b

due

to

(6.58)

the

deformation

of

the

laminae i s given by

Sq = -

(5.59)

i2Ei:
b

The c o m p a t i b i l i t y consideration of the v e r t i c a l displacement


at the imaginary cut requires that
S

6)

+ 3 = 0
q

(6-60)

Hence, the c o m p a t i b i l i t y equation can be expressed as:

265

From Eq.(6.61), the r o t a t i o n of the laminae at any l e v e l z of


the corewall structure can be rewritten as:

0 =

^ 6'

(6.62)

where o>a and wb are s e c t o r i a l areas at the points a and

b.

In a d d i t i o n , s u b s t i t u t i n g Eq.(6.25) into Eq.(6.62) y i e l d s

" L

(6

("b "a) 9

63)

The y i e l d laminar r o t a t i o n becomes

If

the

applied

2A b

( - 6) ) q
b
a
u

torques are

(6.64)

further

increased, the

plastic

c e n t r a l region w i l l be formed and then i t w i l l spread upwards and


downwards; hence the
r o t a t i o n of ^

The
rotation

undergo an

additional

and i s given by

where 6

p l a s t i c laminae w i l l

w b wa
b

fq

2A

(6,65)

i s the r o t a t i o n of the structure i n the p l a s t i c region.


position

corresponding to

the

maximum p l a s t i c laminar

can be r e a d i l y determined by d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g
pmsx
Eq.(6.65) with respect to z and then equating i t to zero. In the

26S

case of a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d torque, t h i s p o s i t i o n i s defined


by

2EI w C 6 + 4Aq"z - m(2Hz - 2 ) = 0


Once

the p o s i t i o n

corresponding

to the maximum

(6-66)
laminar

r o t a t i o n , z , i s obtained, i t becomes possible both to determine


the value of maximum p l a s t i c laminar r o t a t i o n , and to derive the
expression of the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r of the l i n t e l beams,
given as f o l l o w s :
^
"

+ 0
2A
^
= ^e'(z )
0

qu c mr
y

(6.67)

As mentioned e a r l i e r i n Chapter 3, the r o t a t i o n a l ducti1 i t y


factor w i l l

have a value of about 4 f o r the t r a d i t i o n a l

arrangement

but

of

12

and

above

f o r the s p e c i a l

steel

diagonal

strrangemerit of reinforcement i n the spandel beams.

6.4

NUMERICAL INVESTIGATION

In order to demonstrate the t h e o r e t i c a l r e s u l t s , the repres e n t a t i v e 15-storey perforated core structure shown i n F i g ' 6.11
i s analyzed.

The core wall structure i s subjected to the action

of a uniformly d i s t r i b u t e d torque with an i n t e n s i t y of 14.14 kNm/m


along the height of the s t r u c t u r e .

The geometrical dimensions and

s t r u c t u r a l p r o p e r t i e s are given as follows:


t o t a l height

H = 57.17 m,

storey height h =

3.81 m

267

core s i z e = 6.096 x 6.096 m,


wall thickness = 0.305 m
span of l i n t e l beams b = 3.027 m
6

e l a s t i c modulus E - 27.6 x 10 kN/m


6

shear modulus G = 12 x 10 kN/m .


Four coimectirig cases are considered:
with l i n t e l

beams of

0.305 x 0.457 m

0.305 x 1.828 m at each f l o o r


comparison

of the e f f e c t s

Without l i n t e l beams,
0.305 x 0.914 m

and

l e v e l r e s p e c t i v e l y , to enable a

of the l i n t e l

beams with

different

s t i f f n e s s on the t o r s i o n a l behaviour of the structure to be made.


Fig.

6.12 shows the d i s t r i b u t i o n of s e c t o r i a l aresi and the

p o s i t i o n o f shear center f o r d i f f e r e n t connecting cases.

I t can

be seen that as the s t i f f n e s s of the 1 i n t e l beams increases, the


value

of sectorial

area

decreases,

thereby

resulting

i n the

enhancement of t o r s i o n a l r e s i s t a n t capacity and EL reduction i n the


warping deformation of the s t r u c t u r e .

As a matter of f a c t , f o r a

braced t h i n - w a l l e d open s e c t i o n the increase i n the s t i f f n e s s of


bracings
inside

will

induce a s h i f t

of the cross

section,

of the shear center towards the


thereby

reducing the s e c t o r i a l

coordinates and the warping stresses.


F i g s . 6.13 and 6.14 show the v a r i a t i o n of laminar shear q i n
the connecting medium and the v a r i a t i o n of e l a s t i c wall r o t a t i o n
along the height of the s t r u c t u r e , when the s i z e of the l i n t e l
beams i s 0.305 x 0.457 m.

I t can be seen from F i g .

6.13 that the

d i s t r i b u t i o n of laminar shear has the same pattern as that f o r


coupled shear w a l l s .

I t i s also seen that the maximum laminar

shear w i l l occur at the p o s i t i o n of about t w o - f i f t h of the t o t a l

268

height from the base l e v e l .


The p o s i t i o n of shear center, the s e c t o r i a l moment of i n e r t i a
and

the top r o t a t i o n of the core wall s t r u c t u r e , f o r the four

connecting cases, are presented i n Table 6


the

adding

lintel

I t i s c l e a r that

beams to an open section core may cause a

movement of the shear

center

towards

the centroid,

induce a

r e d u c t i o n i n the values of s e c t o r i a l moment of i n e r t i a , and reduce


the top r o t a t i o n considerably.
the

The stronger the l i n t e l beams are,

more d i s t i n c t t h i s e f f e c t w i l l be.

Furthermore, Table 6.1

a l s o makes a comparison between the proposed approach and other


open s e c t i o n

and closed

section analysis

[84

'

863

section

methods.

In f a c t , the open

may not represent accurately

the problem

of braced thinwalled open sections since the contribution of the


bracings t o t o r s i o n a l capacity of the sections i s neglected.
is

It

a l s o seen that r e s u l t s of the p o s i t i o n of shear center and

s e c t o r i a l moment of i n e r t i a obtained from the present approach and


the closed s e c t i o n a n a l y s i s
If

the applied

1:363

torque

are i n close agreement.


i s further

increased,

p l a s t i c s t a t e of the structure w i l l occur.


variation

of i n t e r f a c e s

between

the e l a s t o -

F i g . 6.15 shows the

the e l a s t i c

anci

the p l a s t i c

regions as the applied torque i s increased a f t e r the f i r s t yieldValues of the i n t e r f a c e s corresponding to any torque i n t e n s i t y can
thus be found i n t h i s f i g u r e .

the f i r s t p l a s t i c hinge w i l l occur

at the r e l a t i v e height z/H = 0.38 when the applied torque reaches


the i n t e n s i t y of 148.838 kNm/m.
increased

I t can be seen that the further

torque may cause a rapid spread of the p l a s t i c region.

P l a s t i f i c a t i o n reaches the topmost beam r a p i d l y at a torque with

269

an i n t e n s i t y of 275.819 kNm/m, and then spreads slowly towards the


base

because

of

the

difficulty

of

deformations near the r i g i d foundation.


f o r f u l 1 p l a s t i c i t y of the connecting
r e s t r a i n t of the r i g i d foundation.

achieving

the

required

In f a c t , i t i s u n l i k e l y
beams to occur due to the

In a d d i t i o n , the corresponding

v a r i a t i o n of the top r o t a t i o n , 8 i s p l o t t e d i n F i g . 6.16.

It i s

shown that a f t e r the p l a s t i f i c a t i o n reaches the top l e v e l , the top


r o t a t i o n of the s t r u c t u r e v a r i e s almost l i n e a r l y .

This i s because

the p l a s t i c region spreads to the top l e v e l nearly the ent i r e


connecting medium being pin-ended, and the s t i f f n e s s then becomes
virtually
From

constant.
the above i n v e s t i g a t i o n , i t may

be shown that the

e l a s t o p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s enables the spread of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n of


the connecting

medium to be traced throughout the e n t i r e loading

process from working to ultimate load.

270

Table 6.1 P o s i t i o n

of shear center, s e c t o r i a l

moment of i n e r t i a

and top

r o t a t i o n of example structure f o r d i f f e r e n t connecting cases

connecting case

shear center
positon
(m)

f u l l y open

0.457m deep
l i n t e l beam

0.914m deep
l i n t e l beam

1.828m deep
l i n t e l beam

Refs. 84&86

3. 170

3. 170

3. 170

3. 170

Ref.36

3. 170

2.896

1.707

0.781

proposed

3. 170

2.913

1.721

0.789

299

299

299

299

Ref.36

299

278

176

38.9

proposed

299

266

168

34.7

Refs. 84&86

12.8

2.95

0.552

0.076

Ref.36

12.8

3.32

0.656

0. 121

proposed

12.8

3.28

0.613

0.088

Refs. 84&86
I

c(m
)

top r o t a t i o n
3

(lcT rad)

271

(a) Perforated

core structure

(b) Box girder- with service openings

(c) Battened channel

Fig- 6-1

Braced thin-walled open section structures

272

shear center

IKr{::

centroid

connecting beam

F i g , 6,2

Plan view of section of perforated


corewa" structure

273

connecting medium

Braced thin-walled open section


Equivalent closed section

274

Fig

6-5

F l e x i b i l i t y of equivalent closed
section

Fig- 6.6

Different types of braces

276

Ee"'s *

q(z)
(a)

F i g . 6-7

F i g . 6-8

(a)

Warping shear flow and St- Venar


shear flow in equivalent closed
section

(b)

Laminar shear flow

A typical perforated ccre-w'sl'


structure

277

e l a s t i c upper region

z ^

p l a s t i c central region

e l a s t i c lower region

F i g . 6.9

Elasto-plastic core wall structure

278

(b)
(a) Torsional

defoliation

(b) Vertical displacement due to warping


deformation

279

15240

F i g . 6.11

Plan view of 15-story core wall structure

280

6.80
(6.86)

(c)

(d)

alues in parenthese given in Ref, 36)


F i g . 6.12 Distribution of sectorial area apd position of
shear center f a r d i f f e r e n t connecting cases
(a) Fully open;

(b) 0.305 x 0.457 m l i n t e l beams;

(c) 0.305 x 0.9M m l i n t e l beams;


(d) 0.305 x 1.828 m l i n t e l beams.

281

o
8

H/z

H/Z

fl

*053H

282

*05.5H

L
2

q (kN/m)
F i g . 6.13 Variation of laminar shear

0 (10 rad.
F i g 6.14 Variation of core wall rotation

o
J

_ T

8
o

IT

_ u

00

-283

9 l_

0.2

140

240

340

Distruted torque (kNm/m)


F i g , 6,15

Interface between e l a s t i c and


plastic regions

440

140

240

340

440

Distributed torque (kNm/m)


Fig. 6.16 Top rotation of example core after
p l a s t i f i c a t i o n of laminae

CHAPTER

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION

7.1

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

Theoretical
structural

and experimental

engineering research.

approaches are essential to


After the development of the

e l a s t o - p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s o f shear wall structures, i t i s neccessary


to

verify

experimentally

the accuracy

of

the

theoretical

prediction.
As

matter

of f a c t i t has been

earthquake

regions

i t i s not economical

generated

by

structural

behaviour.

seismic

possess

sufficient

little

loss

of

disturbance

strength

to r e s i s t

within

The structures

ductility

recognized

the forces

elastic

should

that i n

range

of

be designed to

to d i s s i p a t e energy with r e l a t i v e
and

stiffness.

Relatively

few

experi merit sd research programs have been undertaken to study the


p o s t - e l a s t i c response and d u c t i l e behaviour o f reinforced concrete
shear wall s t r u c t u r e s .

Paulay

1:963

tested twelve approximately 3/4

s c a l e deep coupling beams with various span/depth r a t i o s and web


s t e e l contents.

He rioted the aspects of behaviour d i f f e r e n t from

those normally encountered i n normal shallow beams and i d e n t i f i e d


the

shear

nature

and f l e x u r a l

failure

mechanisms besides

of d e t e r i o r a t i o n with c y c l i c

loading.

noting the

Paulay

120

' " and

22

Paulay

and

Binney ]

showed

that

284

conventionally

reinforced

coupling

beams

possess

little

ductility.

These

bs

fail

g e n e r a l l y i n a b r i t t l e manner, such as the form of s l i d i n g shear.


But

d i a g o n a l l y r e i n f o r c e d coupling

degree of d u c t i l i t y .

beams possess

Paulay and Santhakumar

[23]

much

higher

l a t e r c a r r i e d out

t e s t s on two quarter-scale seven-storey coupled shear wall models


to

study

i n detail

characteristics
Mirza
wall

the d u c t i l e

and f a i l u r e

reported

behaviour,

energy

absorption

mechanism of coupled shear walls.

the t e s t s on three fourstorey coupled shear

specimens f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the p o s t - e l a s t i c response of

coupled shear wall systems t o monotcmically increasing l a t e r a l


losLding.

The

experimental

provided

invaluable

absorption
concrete

i n v e s t i g a t i o n s performed by Psiulay et a l
insight

characteristics

into

ductile

and f a i l u r e

coupled shear w a l l s .

behaviour,

energy

mechanism of reinforced

However, such largescale model

t e s t s are o f t e n l i m i t e d by the constraint of the t e s t i n g frame and


the loading f a c i l i t i e s i n l a b o r a t o r i e s , as well as the amount of
funds a v a l l a b l e f o r research.
testing

i s the

experimental
comprehensive

use

studies

of

An a l t e r n a t i v e to t h i s type of

small-scale

models,

on complex s t r u c t u r a l

but reasonably

inexpensive

s t r u c t u r a l components and subsystems.

which

permit

conf igurat ions and

parameter studies on

Coull and Irwin[carried

out a s e r i e s of t e s t s on small-scale models f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the


behaviour of multistorey shear walls subjected
torsional

loading.

Irwin

and Ord["] tested

to bending and
s i x small-scale

coupling beams constructed by microconcrete.

These coupling beams

were c y c l e d e l a s t o - p l a s t i c a l l y to f a i l u r e .

Lybas]performed

285

the experiment

to study the response of s i x one-twelfth scale

microconcrete coupled shear wall models subjected to earthquake


loading.
In
wall

t h i s chapter, a s e r i e s of tests on reduced-scale shear

models constructed by microconcrete i s described.

models

included

two coupled shear walls and one coupled

linked

to

isolated

an

shear

wall,

and

were

These
wall

subjected to

monotonically increasing equivalent upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d


loading.

The s i z e of the models was chosen to s u i t the f a c i l i t i e s

provided

i n the l a b o r a t o r i e s

of the Department of C i v i l

S t r u c t u r a l Engineering at the U n i v e r s i t y .

and

These tests w i l l be

u s e f u l i n providing experimental evidence not only f o r v e r i f y i n g


the t h e o r e t i c a l r e s u l t s presented i n previous chapters, but also
for

demonstrsiting the r e a l i s t i c

wall structures.

s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of the shear

Moreover, t h i s i n v e s t i g a t i o n also showed that

smal 1scale microconcrete models can be e f f e c t i v e l y employed f o r


studying the behaviour of s t r u c t u r a l sub-systems such as coupled
shear w a l l s , shear wallframe s t r u c t u r e s , and so on.

7.2

OUTLINE OF EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM

The experimental i n v e s t i g a t i o n consisted of t e s t s on scaled


micro-concrete models under monotcmically increasing loads'
model

structures,

shown i n F i g s .

7. 1,

The

7.2 and 7.3 are two

nine-storey coupled shear walls and one coupled wall linked to a


cantilevered
shear-wall

wall

which

structure

simulates a

described

3-D

i n Chapter

regular
5.

symmetrical
Geometry of

s t r u c t u r a l walls f o r each structure i s the same, but there are

286

d i f f e r e n t span/depth r a t i o s f o r the l i n t e l beams, and the patterns


of reinforcement are varied according to the design concept as i n
the d e s c r i p t i o n s i n the f o l l o w i n g sections.
Photographs of the experimental arrangements f o r the coupled
shear w a l l s and the coupled wall linked to a s o l i d
wall

are

presented

i n Figs,

7.4

and

7.5.

cantilevered

Each model

was

v e r t i c a l l y f i x e d to the t e s t r i g , and three hydraulic Jacks were


employed

at

different

levels

to

apply

an

approximate

t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d load to the model ( F i g . 7.6).

upper

In order

to prevent the model from l a t e r a l buckling, two guides with rotary


r o l l e r s on both sides of the model were i n s t a l l e d .
Measurements i n the t e s t s included
the

model

structure,

and

strains

l a t e r a l displacement of

both

in

concrete

and

in

reinforcement of the w a l l s and the l i n t e l beams, f o r i n d i c a t i n g


the s t r a i n d i s t r i b u t i o n .

The

r o t a t i o n of the l i n t e l

beams was

a l s o measured to examine the r o t a t i o n a l d u c t i l i t y of the


beams.

lintel

The f a i l u r e load f o r each model was recorded.

The d e s c r i p t i o n s of the microconcrete models, and the t e s t i n g


apparatus and procedures f o r fstbricsiting, e r e c t i n g and t e s t i n g the
model s t r u c t u r e s , and recording

data are presented i n d e t a i l i n

the f o l l o w i n g sections.
The o v e r a l l objective of the experiment would be to a r r i v e at
a b e t t e r understanding of e l a s t i c and e l a s t o - p l a s t i c behaviour of
laterally

loaded

shear

wall

structures,

and

to

provide

the

v e r i f i c a t i o n of the t h e o r e t i c a l r e s u l t s presented i n the previous


chapters.

In a d d i t i o n , i t i s expected that the r e s u l t s of t h i s

experiment

w i l l show that small-scale microconcrete models can be

287

effectively

used

to investigate

subsystems, such

as l i n t e l

the behaviour

beams, coupled

of s t r u c t u r a l

shear

walls,

shear

wallframe s t r u c t u r e s , e t c . .

7.3

MICROCONCRETE MIX DESIGN

Microconcrete i s understood to be a material f o r preparing


models

for

structures

'

the
.

structural

analysis

of

concrete

The models made of microconcrete have been

widely accepted as a research and design t o o l , and the case f o r


their

use

publications

has
[1t33

been

1Q

' ".

well

and

truly

agreed

i n various

Microconcrete consists of Portland cement

and f i n e aggregates reduced to the model s c a l e .

P r o f i l e d steel

w i r e , w i t h diameters corresponding to the model s c a l e , i s used as


reinforcement.
to

exhibit

I t i s desired that a microconcrete mix be designed

similar

strength c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s

and s t r e s s - s t r a i n

r e l a t i o n s h i p t o ordinary concrete used i n prototype structures.


The development o f concrete strength corresponding to st
given water/cement r a t i o requires f u l l compaction, and t h i s can be
achieved
aggregate
greatly[

105

only with a s u f f i c i e n t l y
grading
.

workable

i s desired because

mix.

A suitable

i t affects

workability

In t h i s i n v e s t i g a t i o n , due to the l i m i t of model

dimension, the maximum aggregate s i z e i s selected t o be 5


r e s u l t s o f a sieve a n a l y s i s are given i n Table 7

The

The corres-

ponding grading curve of aggregates i s i l l u s t r a t e d i n F i g . 7.7.


The

compressive

strength of concrete

i s the most common

measure f o r judging the q u a l i t y of concrete.

288

When small scale

models are used to predict the behaviour of prototype


the

size

effect

important

predicting

the

invest igat ion,

on

properties of

However, no
size

the

effect

concrete

structures,

is

particularly

generally accepted

exists

characteristic

theory

present.

strength

of

In

for
this

concrete

was

obtained from the crushing strength of 150 mm and 70 mm cubes at


an age of 28 days a f t e r mxixig.

Procedures f o r making and t e s t i n g

the cubes were gone through i n accordance with B r i t i s h standard,


J

BS 1881: P a r t s 108 and 116

The curves representing the test

r e s u l t s are obtained by the method of least square.


Figs.

7.8 7.9

compressive

and

7. 10

show

the

strengths of the microconcrete

r a t i o f o r 150 mm cube, 70

cube,

variation

of

direct

against water/cement

and the combination of

and 70 cubes at an age of 28 days a f t e r mixing

150

respectively,

when aggregate/cement r a t i o i s f i x e d to the value of 3.5.

For

reference, s i m i l a r curves are given i n Figs.

for

showing 7-day compressive

I t can

strength increases r a p i d l y with a

decrease i n water/cement r a t i o .

The i n d i r e c t t e n s i l e strength was

300and

obtained from the s p l i t t i n g t e s t s on 150 x


The

to 7.13

strength of the microconcrete.

be seen that the compressive

cylinders.

7.11

100 x

200

r e l a t i o n of the i n d i r e c t t e n s i l e strength with

water/cement r a t i o i s shown i n F i g . 7.14.

I t i s seen that the

i n d i r e c t t e n s i l e strength also inceases as the water/cement r a t i o


decreases.
microconcrete

Moreover,

the

mean e l a s t i c
2

i s equal to 28.327

kN/ ,

modulus, E c of

the

which was obtained from

the t e s t r e s u l t s of 10 pieces of standard c y l i n d e r specimens (150


x 300 nmi).

289

Workabi1ity i s a v i t a l

property of f r e s h concrete because

concrete must have such a w o r k a b i l i t y that compaction to maximum


density

i s possible

with

a reasonable

amount of work.

The

w o r k a b i l i t y adopted i n t h i s i n v e s t i g a t i o n was determined by the


slump t e s t of f u l l

scale slump cones (BS 1881: Part 102). In

g e n e r a l , medium w o r k a b i l i t y corresponds to a slump value ranging


from 50 t o 100 mm].

The aggregate/cement r a t i o i s related to

the

by w o r k a b i l i t y

water/cement r a t i o

relationship

between

these

ratios

of concrete

mix.

corresponding

The

to medium

w o r k a b i l i t y i s given i n F i g . 7.15 with slump measurement.


I t i s evident that the curve plotted i n F i g . 7.15 together
w i t h the curves given i n F i g s . 7.8 to 7.14 may be conveniently
used t o design the microconcrete mixes.

Furthermore, based on the

w o r k a b i l i t y obtained from d i f f e r e n t mixes, s i x t y p i c a l mix designs


of

micro-concrete have been recommended i n reference

[110 f o r

p r s i c t i c a l use.

7-4

TEST SPECIMENSTEST PROCEDURE

The

detailed

properties,

loading

descriptions

of test

specimens,

material

system, instrumentation and test procedures

are summarized i n the f o l l o w i n g .

7 U

Description of Specimens
In the i n v e s t i g a t i o n , three microconcrete model structures
two

coupled shear walls

(Specimens No.l and No.2) and one

coupled w a l l l i n k e d to an independent wall (Specimen

290

No.3) were

constructed and

tested.

The

d e t a i l e d dimensions

specimens are shown i n F i g s . 7.1 7.2 and 7.3.


wall

specimens have s i m i l a r dimensions, but

lintel

of the

test

Two coupled shear


the depths of the

beams are d i f f e r e n t , and taken to be 30 span/depth

r a t i o = 3.3) and 50 mm (span/depth r a t i o - 2.0) r e s p e c t i v e l y .


The

mix design of the microconcrete used to construct the

models was done i n accordance with the procedures described i n the


above s e c t i o n .

The

properties of microconcrete are given i n

d e t a i l i n Table 7.2.
A l l r e i n f o r c i n g bars used i n the models, except those used ELS
stirrups

i n the l i n t e l

beams, were h o t - r o l l e d mild s t e e l ,

diameters were 6 mm and 8 mm respectively.

)Eirmealed
as s t i r r u p

hard

dravmsteel

bars and

wire

was

No.8

employed

in

and

(diameter = 4.16
the

lintel

beams

the value of y i e l d strength i s taken to be

0.2% proof s t r e s s .
The s t r e s s - s t r a i n curves f o r the mild s t e e l and the annealed
hard drawnsteel wire used i n t h i s investigation are shown i n Figs.
7.16 7.17 and 7.18 r e s p e c t i v e l y .
are

The properties of reinforcement

given i n Table 7.3.


R e i n f o r c i n g d e t a i l s of the test specimens are shown i n Figs.

7.1 to 7.3.
lintel

I t can be seen that a l l the main s t e e l bars i n the

beams were diagonally arranged so as to achieve a higher

degree of d u c t i l i t y .
The reactions of the models were supplied by a 650 x 300 x 90
mm concrete base block f o r the coupled shear wall model, and a 950
x 300 x

90concrete

l i n k e d to an independent

base block f o r the model of coupled wall

wall respectively.

291

In order to ensure

the f i x i t y of each specimen, a base s t e e l plate assemblage


used ( F i g . 7.19a).

was

As shown i n F i g . 7.19a, several pieces of 8 mm

t h i c k s t e e l s t r i p s were welded together with a 12 mm thick s t e e l


p l a t e to form the base s t e e l assemblage system.
system

was

placed

at

the

bottom

level

This s t e e l plate

before

the

f a b r i c a t i o n , and then cast with the model ( F i g . 7.19b).

model
In the

s e t t i n g of test specimens, each model structure was positioned at


the t e s t r i g v e r t i c a l l y , and the base steel plate of the model was
welded to a 12 mm t h i c k s t e e l plate which was t i g h t l y connected to
the t e s t r i g by 25 mm diameter bolts (Fig. 7.6).

As a r e s u l t , the

model

fixed,

structures

being test

were e f f e c t i v e l y

both i n

p o s i t i o n and i n d i r e c t i o n .
For the model of coupled wall linked to an independent w a l l ,
the

rigid

pin-ended

independent wall was


shown i n F i g . 7.20-

link

between

the

coupled

wall

and

the

made up of copper connecting screw rods,


Being adjustable lengthwise, the screw rods

may f i r m l y connect the coupled wall and the independent w a l l , so


that

the simulation of a hinge-ended

l i n k can be

successfully

achieved.

7.4-2

D e s c r i p t i o n of Tests
Loading System

F i g . 7.6

shows

sketch

specimen' the loading frame and the loading apparatus.

of

the

In order

to simulate an earthquake load, three hydraulic Jacks were used to


apply an approximate upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d

load.

The

loads exerted by the three Jacks are equivalent to the value of


31%,

44/ and

22%

of

the

total

292

applied

load

(Fig.

7.S)

respectively.

Three load c e l l s were r e s p e c t i v e l y connected to the

Jacks t o measure the applied loads exerted on the models.


To r e s t r a i n the model from l a t e r a l buckling, two guides with
rotary

rollers

different
and

cm both sides

levels.

of the model were i n s t a l l e d at

The rotary r o l l e r s were f i x e d to s t e e l rods,

the s t e e l rods were bolted to the horizontal angles attached

to the loading frame at two ends.

Instrumentaitioii

F i g . 7.21 e x h i b i t s the arrangement of

LVDTs ( l i n e a r v a r i a b l e d i f f e r e n t i a l transformer), d i a l gauges and


s t r a i n gauges on the model structures.

For each model, one d i a l

gauge and two LVDTs were used to measure the l a t e r a l d e f l e c t i o n at


the top l e v e l , and the l e v e l s of 0.67 and 0.33 t o t a l height from
the

base block r e s p e c t i v e l y , f o r achieving

the d r i f t p r o f i l e of

the model s t r u c t u r e s .
The possible

horizontal movement and r o t a t i o n of the base

block were observed by three d i a l gauges. As shown i n F i g . 7.21,


d i a l gauge No.l was used to monitor the horizontal movement, and
dial

gauges No. 2 and No. 3 to monitor the base r o t a t i o n .

addition,

other

four

dial

gauges

were

used

In

to measure the

r o t a t i o n s of the l i n t e l beams at the t h i r d and f o u r t h beam l e v e l s .


Foi 1 resistance
strains
concrete

surface

strains

s t r a i n gauges were employed f o r measuring


strain

while

gauges were used

embedded s t r a i n

to measure the

gauges were used to

measure the s t e e l s t r a i n s .
F i n a l l y , a l l LVDTs and s t r a i n gauges were wired up to an
INTERC03LE

data

logger

which

293

recorded

the

test

results

automatically.

From the above various measuring equipment, a

reasonably comprehensive knowledge of the s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of


the

models

under

variety

of loading conditions could

be

obtained.

Test Procedure

After

the specimen and the measuring

equipment had been accurately and f i r m l y i n s t a l l e d , each model was


subjected t o three horizontal point loads i n increments of 200 N
which

i s the sum of the three loads exerted by the hydraulic

jacks, u n t i l

the f i r s t

y i e l d i n g of reinforcement

was observed.

Then the top d r i f t i n increments of 1 mm was used to control the


subsquent experimental work.

LVDTs

dial

gauges

At each load stage, the readings of

and s t r a i n

gauges

were

taken.

And the

appearance and the propagation of cracks were also marked and


recorded.

7.5

OBSERVED BEHAVIOUR AND DISCUSSION OF TEST RESULTS

Under

the a c t i o n of applied

loads

i t was observed that

c r a c k i n g on Specimens No.l and No. 2 i n i t i a t e d at the Junctions


between the walls and the l i n t e l beam at the 4th f l o o r l e v e l .

The

response o f two specimens was l i n e a r up to a t o t a l l a t e r a l load


value of 4.6 kN.

At t h i s load stage, the top deflections f o r

Specimens No.l and No. 2 were 0.74 mm and 0.6S


r o t a t i o n s of the l i n t e l
0.72xl0
rad

-3

beams at 3rd and 4th f l o o r levels were


3

rad and 0.79xlcT

and 0. 22X1CT

3
r

while

r a

d f o r Specimen No.l, and 0.18x10

a d f o r Specimen No. 2 r e s p e c t i v e l y .

294

The

the

maximum concrete s t r a i n s at the base level f o r Specimen No.1 were


78x10 & i n Wall 1 and 6 9 x l 0
s t e e l s t r a i n s were 267x10"

-6

i n Wall 2, while the corresponding


6

soxlcT .

a n d

I t may indicate that a

major part of l a t e r a l load was c a r r i e d by Wall 1 during the e a r l y


loading stage.
Upon increase of loading, small diagonal cracks developed on
the faces of the l i n t e l
then

appeared

beams at 3rd and 4th f l o o r l e v e l s , and

in a l l lintel

beams.

As the l a t e r a l

load was

increased t o 10.4 kN, i t was observed f o r Specimen No.l that both


concrete

and s t e e l

strains

i n two walls became nearly

equal,

showing that both walls shared the external loads equally.


In a d d i t i o n , cracks appeared i n walls i n i t i a t e d as horizontal
t e n s i o n cracks at about the base level when the t o t a l applied load
reached

the value

of 6.2 kN.

Further

loading caused

similar

t e n s i o n cracks to form at the upper levels from the base.


With the increase i n applied loads, the s t e e l

reinforcement

at the Junctions between l i n t e l beams and walls yielded at a t o t a l


load value of 9.6 kN f o r Specimen No.l, and 13.8 kN f o r Specimen
No. 2 while the r o t a t i o n s of the l i n t e l beams at 3rd and 4th f l o o r
l e v e l s were 3.4X1CT

rad and 3.8X1CT rad f o r Specimen No.l, and

2.5X1CT raid and 2.7xl(T rad f o r Specimen No.2The t e n s i o n reinforcement i n Wall 1 f o r two specimens yielded
at the load values of 16.2 kN and 23.6 kN r e s p e c t i v e l y .

At t h i s

load stage, the r o t a t i o n s of the l i n t e l beams at 3rd and 4th f l o o r


l e v e l s were 8.7xlCf3

r a d a n d

3.8x103 r a d and 4.3x103 r


concrete

was

observed

g.lxl0'3

r a d f o r

a d f o r S p e c i m e n

at compression

295

p e c

m e n

No.l, and

No.2.

Some crushing of

zones

of the wall-beam

Junctions.
Further loading caused the cracks at the wall-beam junctions
and

at the walls to propagate

increment

and widen r a p i d l y .

Each small

of loading could induce a large displacement.

With

f u r t h e r increase of displacement, the t o t a l applied load dropped


s l o w l y t o 15.9 kN f o r Speciment No.l and to 25.4 kN f o r Specimen
No. 2; the concrete at outside edge of Wall 2 crushed.
The s a l i e n t test r e s u l t s of two coupled shear wall models are
summarized i n Table 7.4.

The load-def l e c t i o n curves of Specimens

No.l and No.2 are shown i n Figs. 7.22 and

7.23

respectively. I t

i s noted that i n the t h e o r e t i c a l c a l c u l a t i o n s , the reduced

area

and moment of i n e r t i a f o r the l i n t e l beams and walls (Table 7.5) i n


accordance with Paulay's suggestions
into

account

strength.

the influence

were used,

so as to take

of cracking on the s t i f f n e s s and

I t can be seen that the agreement between experimental

and a n a l y t i c a l r e s u l t s before the y i e l d i n g of reinforcement i n the


walls

i s f a i r l y good.

drift

at d i f f e r e n t

I t i s also seen that the values of top

loading stages obtained from experiment are

always greater than those obtained from t h e o r e t i c a l analysis.

In

f a c t , the cracks i n reinforced concrete elements can be expected


to

cause a d i s t i n c t reduction i n s t i f f n e s s .

loading,

particularly

f o r alternating

s t i f f n e s s may reach as much as 80 percent


always

difficult

to make accurate

For high i n t e n s i t y

loading,

the loss

of

In general, i t i s

judgements on the loss of

s t i f f n e s s f o r reinforced concrete structures due to cracking, but


the

reduction

in

stiffness

can

significantly.

296

affect

the

displacement

For a complete f a i l u r e coupled w a l l , the t h e o r e t i c a l f a i l u r e


moment i s expressed as

M=q+ M + M

where

and M"2
As

(7 1)

are the ultimate moments of the two

shown i n F i g s . 7.22

and

7.23 the

walls.

experimental f a i l u r e

loads f o r Specimen No.l and No. 2 are greater than the theoretical
r e s u l t s by 21 percent and

18 percent respectively.

are

acceptable test r e s u l t s f o r reinforced

The

phenomenon that the

higher

than that of

These values

concrete

structures.

value of experimental f a i l u r e load i s

the

t h e o r e t i c a l r e s u l t may

e f f e c t s of model s i z e and

be

due

to

the

s t r a i n hardening of r e i n f o r c i n g bars.

Moreover, d e f l e c t i o n p r o f i l e s f o r Specimen No.l and No.2

obtained

from both experiment anci theory at d i f f e r e n t loading stages are


given i n F i g s . 7.24
The
for

and 7.25

respectively.

v a r i a t i o n of the beam-end rotations against applied loads

the l i n t e l beam at 4th f l o o r l e v e l f o r Specimen No.l i s shown

i n F i g . 7.26.

It can be seen that at early loading stage, the

values of the r o t a t i o n were small.


junctions

appeared, the

beam-end rotations

the a p p l i e d load increased.


wall-beam junctions
resulting

i n the

increased r a p i d l y

as

In f a c t , the formation of cracking at

can reduce the r i g i d i t y of wall-beam J o i n t s ,

occurrence of r e l a t i v e large rotations

ends of the coupling beams.


lintel

After the cracks at wall-beam

at

the

After the onset of y i e l d i n g of

the

beams, each small loading increment could induce a great

value of the beamend r o t a t i o n .

297

The s t r u c t u r a l behaviour and crack: pattern of Specimen Mo. 3


were very s i m i l a r to those of Specimens No.l and No. 2.

But the

widths of the cracks at the walls and beams were r e l a t i v e l y small,


and there was
the

less concrete crushing at the compressive

wall-beam junctions and

at the

piers.

zones of

Upon increase of

l o a d i n g , the c a n t i l e v e r e d wall yielded p r i o r to the coupled shear


walls.
Fig.

The

7-27.

load-def l e c t i o n curve of Specimen No. 3 i s shown i n


I t i s seen that reasonable agreement of the top d r i f t

between experimental
addition,

the

and

t h e o r e t i c a l r e s u l t s was

difference

between

experimental

obtained.
and

In

analytical

f a i l u r e loads i s 29 percent.
Furthermore,
the

three

d e t a i l e d crack patterns and f a i l u r e modes f o r

models are

exhibited

7.28 7.29

i n Figs.

and

7.30

respectively.
The

experimental

suarized

investigation

and

the

test

results

are

as follows:

1. Three small scale microconcrete models were tested under


monotonically increasing l a t e r a l loading equivalent of an
upper t r i a n g u l a r l l y d i s t r i b u t e d loading.
setup

was

developed,

i n which

base

A simple test
steel

plate

assemblage was used to ensure the f i x i t y of models.

2. By considering the reduction i n areas and s t i f f n e s s of the


t e s t speciments

due

to the occurrence

of cracking, the

t h e o r e t i c a l load-deflection curves are generally close to


the experimental r e s u l t s .

298

3. A n a l y t i c a l f a i l u r e loads of the specimens are i n f a i r l y


good agreement with those obtained from the test r e s u l t s .
The difference i s less than 29 percent.
4. For the t e s t specimens, e i t h e r the l i n t e l
walls

exhibited

large

ductility.

beams or the

This

ensures

s a t i s f a c t o r y d u c t i l i t y f a c t o r to the s t r u c t u r a l systems.
5. As

expected,

the t e s t s

showed

that

nearly

the f u l l

c a p a c i t y of a l l l i n t e l beams was attained before f a i l u r e


of the tension reinforcement i n the walls f o r these shear
wall models.

299

Table 7*1

[ 1 0 6 ]

Results of Sieve Analysis for Aggregates

BS 410
Sieve s i z e
(mm)

Weight of
aggregate retained
(g)

Percentage
retained

5.00

0.6

2.36

147

29.4

70

1. 18

103

20.6

49.4

0.60

82

16.4

33

0.30

63

12.6

20.4

0. 15

58

11.6

8.8

pan

44

8.8

500

100

Total

300

Cumulative
percentage passing

99.4

Table 7.2 Characteristics of Microconcrete

Water/cement r a t i o

0.6

Aggregate/cement r a t i o

3.5

Slump

55 mm

Compressive strength

38 N/irnn

Indirect t e n s i l e strength

3.6 N/mm

E l a s t i c modulus E

28.3 kN/

Table 7-3 Characteristics of Reinforcement

Annealed Hard drawn


s t e e l wire

Hotrolled
mild s t e e l

Grade of s t e e l

268 N/mm

336 N/mm

Y i e l d strength
Ultimate strength

N/
2

E l a s t i c modulus E

201.3 kN/mm
407

301

376 N/mm
187.4

Table 7.4

S a l i e n t t e s t r e s u l t s of coupled
shear wall models

Specimen
Item
No. 1

No. 2

4.40

4.60

0.74

0.65

Applied load ait appearajice


of f i r s t crack (kN)
Top d r i f t eit appeatrance
of f i r s t crack (mm)

wallbeam junction
at 4th f l o o r l e v e l

Location of f i r s t crack
Applied load at f i r s t y i e l d

9.60

13.8

3.13

2.77

16.20

23.60

6.78

7.91

Maximum applied load (kN)

21.20

31.80

Maximum top d r i f t

18.45

23.21

of l i n t e l beams (kN)
Top d r i f t at f i r s t y i e l d
of l i n t e l beams (mm)
Applied load at y i e l d i n g
of Wall 1 (kN)
Top d r i f t at y i e l d i n g of
Wall 1 (mm)

(mm)

302

Table 7-5 Reduced area and moment of inertia of walls and beams
for specimens

A
Specimen

No.

No. 2

No. 3

13

10

2
m

A3

-3

10 m

10 m

uncrack

4.5

8.437

cracked

3.6

5.400

uncrack

4.5

8.437

cracked

3.6

5.400

uncrack

4.5

cracked

4.5

io-V

0.90

0.068

0.72

0.044

1.5

0.312

1.2

0.200

8.437

6.0

20

0.9

0.068

8.437

4.8

12.8

0.72

0.044

(The reductions i n area and moment of i n i t i a f o r Wall 2 are not


considered because there i s l i t t l e cracking.)
In t h i s Table,

" = 0.80 A

=0.64 I

cracked

cracked

uncrack

umcraclc

303

150

100

150

30
No .3

steel

wire

d)6

009T

30

125

125

30

30

(All reinforcing .bars in


base block are 8 mild
steel bars)

00

90

650
(a)

(b)
F i g , 7.1

CouplGd shear w a l l model


(a) G e o m e t r i c a l
(b) Reinforcement

dimensions
details

Specimen No ,

150

100

150

No.8

s t e e l wire

009T

oon

(j)8

305

30

125

125

30

30

PI

(All reinforcing bars in


base block are 8 mild
steel bars)

ooe

650

90

(a)
F i g . 7,2

Coupled shear w a l l model


(a) Geometrical .iinieiu; Lcixs
(b Reinforcement

details

Specimen

No,2

150

100

150

100

200

30

125

125

30

950

90

(a)
F i g . 7.3

Model of coupled wall linked to an indendent


wall

Specimen No,3

(a) Geometrical

306

dimensions

l i n t e l beam details shown in F i g .

.1 (b)

'

"
'-*

^^^-^

it

(All reinforcing bars in base block are 8 mild steel bars)


(b)
F i g , 7,3 (b) Reinforcement details of Specimen No-3

307

F i g . 7.4

(EL) Experimental SLrrangement f o r coupled shear walls


Model No. 1

308

Fig- 7.4

(b) Experimental arrangement f o r coupled shear walls


Model No.2

309

F i g . 7.5

Experimental arrangement f o r coupled walls l i n k e d to


an independent wall

Model No.3

310

embedded steel plate

welded

test r i q

F i g . 7.6

Configuration of test

311

o
o
o

312

o
0.15

0.30

0,60

1,18
BS s i e v e s i z e

F i g . 7,7

2.36

(mm)

Aggregate g r a d i n g

curve

f c u

70 mm cube
60

50
(2i/N)

5 6 i p s3 A i . s s 3 . - ~ d J

40

30

20

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

0.65

0.7

0.75

Water/cement ratio
Fig- 7.8

Variation of compressive, strength of microconcrete with


water/cement ratio f o r 70 mm cube at 28-day age

313

W/C

cu

150 mm cube

60

50

40

30

20

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

0.65

0.7

0.75

Water/cement r a t i o
F i g . 7.9

Variation of compressive strength of .'microconcrete with


water/cement r a t i o f o r 150 ,

314

cube at 28-day age

W/C

f c u

60

150 mm cube
70 mm cube

50

40

30

20
0.35

0.4

L
0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

J
0.65

0.7

W/C

0.75

Water/cement ratio
Fig. '7.10

Variation of compressive strength of microconcrete with


water/cement ratio for 150mm and 70mm cubes at 28-day age

315

cu

70 ,

cube

55

50

40

30

20

W/C
0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

Water/cement

0.65

0.7

0.75

ratio

F i g . 7.11 V a r i a t i o n of compressive s t r e n g t h of m i c r o c o n c r e t e with


water/cement r a t i o f o r 70-7'timi cube a t 7-day age

316

150 mm

0.4

0"5

0,5

0.55

0.6

0,65

0*7

cube

0.75

Water/cement raio
F i g . 7.12

V a r i a t i o n of compressive s t r e n g t h of m i c r o c o n c r e t e with
water/cement r a t i o f o r 150 mm cube at 7-day .age

317

60

70 mm cube

150 mm cube'

50

30

20

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

Water/cement
F i g . 7.13

0.65

0.7

0.75

ratio

V a r i a t i o n of compressive s t r e n g t h of microconcrete with


water/cemen r a t i o f o r 70.7 mm and 150 mm cubes a t 7day
age

318

W/C

W/C

Aggregate/cement
F i g . 7.15

Ratio

R e l a t i o n of aggregate/cement r a t i o and
r a t i o f o r mediuni w o r k a b i l i t y
'

319

water/cement

100 x 2 0 0 c y l i n d e r
150 x 300 ,

cylinder

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

0.65

0.:

Water/cement ratio
Fig- 7,14

Relation of indi'rect tensile strength with


water/cement r a t i o

320

(A/C ratio = 3-5)

0.75

I
321
-

F i g . 7.16

Stress-strain c e

for

mild steel

fs(p

100

0.001

0.002
F i g . 7.17

0.003

0.004

0.005

Stressstrain curve f o r 6 mild steel

0.006

0.007

o
o

323
I

5
100 -

0.005

Fig

.18

0.010

0.015

0.020

0.025

0.030

Stress-strain curve for No.8 (d = 4.16 mm) annealed hard draw steel wire

0.035

8 mm steel plate

welded
g

25

mm steel plate

3
80^|80

80 |50, 80 ,50, 80

25

90

650

concrete base block

~ i i ~ii~~ini
. . _ J _

(b)

F i g . 7,19 .Base steel plate assemblage

324

copper connecting screw rod

(b)
F i g , 7,20 (a) Connection of coupled wa"

and independent wa"

(b) Detail of copper connecting screw rod

325

'

Legend:

dial gauge

^HZ1 LVDT
sufdce strain gauge

embedded strain gauge

No.2

No.3

9
No.l

F i g . 7.21 (a) Instrumentation details f o r


Specimens No.l and No,2

326

(b)
F i g . 7.21

(b) Instrumentation details for Specimen

327

No.3

25

theoretical f a i l u r e load
(s

P I S lp 3 . L L d d s
1

328 I

experimental
theoretical

-nol

o
o

10

Deflection at top
f i g . 7.22

30

20
(mm)

Load-deflection curve of Specimen No.l

40

40
o

s)
PSL

p 3 - L LSd
Qd
iB

-329

c>

experimental

theoretical

o
o
10

20

Deflection at top
F i g , 723

30

(,)

Load-deflection curve of Specimen

No.2

40

F i g . 7*24

Deflection p r o f i l e of
Specimen No.l

Fig- 7-25

Deflection p r o f i l e of
Specimen No.2

20

(p)

PSL

p 3 1 . LL
dd
5e0 1

331

Beam-end rotation at 4th floor level


F i g . 7.26

(xl0_

3
rac

|,)

Load-rotaUon curve of l i n t e l beam f o r Specimen No.l

s)
PJ

332

f 5 s -5
L0
d d
1w

o
o
Deflection at top
F i g , 7.27

Load-def1ection curve of Specimen No*3

Fig- 7-28

Crack pattern of Specimen No-

.333

.29

Crack pattern of Specimen No2

334

Fig- 7-30

Crack pattern of Specimen No..3

335

CHAPTER

CONCLUSION

8.1

CONCLUSION

Based

on the cont inuous

medium assumpt ion,

e l a s t i c and

e l a s t o p l a s t i c behaviour o f s t i f f e n e d coupled shear w a l l s , nonc o l l i n e a r shear walls coupled by a cross wall and l i n t e l beams,
and threedimensional symmetric regular shear wall structures was
i n v e s t i g a t e d under the a c t i o n of l a t e r a l
elastoplastic
appl ied

analysis

o f core

wall

loading.

E l a s t i c and

structures

subjected to

torques was also presented by employing Vlasov' s thirx

walled beam theory i n conjunction with the continuum approach.


The

initial

part o f t h i s work was to present a method of

a n a l y s i s f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the b e n e f i c i a l e f f e c t of a s t i f f e n i n g
beam, which may be positioned somewhere i n the height of the
s t r u c t u r e , on l a t e r a l l y loaded coupled shear walls supported on
rigid

or f l e x i b l e

foundations.

I t i s demonstrated

that the

i n c o r p o r a t i o n of a s t i f f e n i n g beam into coupled shear wails

will

reduce considerably the top d r i f t of the s t r u c t u r e , the maximum


shear f o r c e i n the l i n t e l beams and the base moment i n the w a l l s .
In

addition,

from

the r e s u l t s

of the analysis

with

different

values of the r e l a t i v e f l e x u a l r i g i d i t y of the s t i f f e n i n g beam f o r


l o c a t i n g i t s optimum p o s i t i o n , i t i s shown that the s t i f f e n i n g
beam

should

be positioned

at a l e v e l

336

of about

0.5 o f the

s t r u c t u r a l height f o r achieving the minimum top d e f l e c t i o n , and


about 0.4 of the height f o r achieving the greatest reduction i n
the

maximum shear force i n the l i n t e l

beams.

The minimum base

moment i n the walls i s generally obtained when the s t i f f e n i n g beam


is

located at a lower l e v e l that i s roughly 0.2 or less of the

height.

A set of comprehensive design charts i s given to make

a v a i l a b l e f o r the evaluation of the i n t e r n a l forces and l a t e r a l


d e f l e c t i o n s of the s t i f f e n e d coupled shear w a l l s .
locations

of the s t i f f e n i n g

beam

f o r achieving

The optimum
the greatest

r e d u c t i o n i n top d r i f t and laminar shear are also presented.


The e l a s t o - p l a s t i c response of the general case of a coupled
shear w a l l r e s t i n g on a r i g i d or a deformable foundation
to

lateral

loads was investigated.

subj'ected

Based on Gluck's incomplete

f a i l u r e model, i t i s possible to study the various stages of the


spreading

of the p l a s t i c

propagation
beams.

zone

i n the coivtinuum

due to the

of the forming of the p l a s t i c hinges i n the l i n t e l

The ultimate strength of the structure depends on the

limitation

of r o t a t i o n a l

ductility

of the l i n t e l

beams.

The

a n a l y s i s enables the behaviour of the structure to be traced from


working load to ultimate condition, and the d u c t i l i t y requirment
of the p l a s t i c hinges can be traced from t h e i r inception f o r each
loading

increment

to f a i l u r e .

The

solution

derived

is a

convenient t o o l f o r assessing the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c performance of


coupled shear walIs

Moreover a

number of design curves was

presented f o r the evaluation of the maximum r o t a t i o n a l

ductility

f a c t o r of the l i n t e l beams, the boundaries between the e l a s t i c and


the p l a s t i c regions, the base a x i a l force i n the walls and the top

337

d r i f t o f the e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled shear w a l l s w i t h or without a


s t i f f e n i n g beam.
The continuum analyses were extended t o cover the a n a l y t i c a l
i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f non-collinear shear wall s t r u c t u r e s .
paraliel

but not col1inear s t r u c t u r a l

When two

walIs are coupled by a

planar cross s o l i d wall or by l i n t e l beams, the s u b s t a n t i a l gains


in

l a t e r a l s t i f f n e s s and strength can be s u c c e s s f u l l y achieved.

Under the a c t i o n of l a t e r a l
behaves e s s e n t i a l l y
force

from

structural

the cross coupling wall

l i k e a shear medium to transmit the shear

one wall
wal Is

loading,

to another.

are equal

I f the widths

of the two

and the degree

of coupl

ing aH,

exceeds the value of 5 a complete coupling i s achieved, r e s u l t i n g


in

the optimum gains i n l a t e r a l

obtained.

stiffness

and strength being

The analysis provides a useful guide to designers f o r

assessing the ainount of the increase i n s t i f f n e s s and the decrease


i n bending moment of the non-collinear s t r u c t u r a l walls coupled by
a cross wall or by l i n t e l beams.
In

addit

ion

following

Coul1 s

concept

a method of

a n a l y s i s i s proposed f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g the three-dimensional shear


wall

s t r u c t u r e comprising a combination of a s e t of i d e n t i c a l

coupled shear walls and independent


loads.

cores, subjected to l a t e r a l

The three-dimensional structure can be transformed into an

equivalent planar system

i n which the coupled walls are lumped

i n t o a s i n g l e coupled w a l l , and the cores are lumped into an


independent w a l l .

The r e s u l t i n g coupled wall and independent wall

are assumed to be connected i n plane by a s e t of a x i a l l y


links

which

simulate the a c t i o n of f l o o r

338

slabs.

rigid

The lumped

coupled wall and the lumped independent wall can then be further
transformed f o r analysis into a s i n g l e coupled shear wall
modified geometrical and s t r u c t u r a l parameters.
achieving

a very

problem.

The

efficient

and simple

investigation

These can lead to

method

indicated

with

to tackle the

that

considerable

r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a t e r a l forces between the two d i f f e r e n t types


of s t r u c t u r a l elements, coupled shear walls and cantilevered w a l l ,
can occur throughout the height of the b u i l d i n g , i n both e l a s t i c
and e l a s t o - p l a s t i c stages.

Therefore, the simple design r u l e of

assuming that external

l a t e r a l forces are d i s t r i b u t e d among the

structural

i n direct

components

proportion

to t h e i r

flexural

r i g i d i t i e s f o r the analysis of the three-dimensional regular shear


wall structure may incur considerable e r r o r s .

A set of curves was

presented as a useful t o o l f o r designers to assess q u i c k l y the


amount of l a t e r a l loads or shear r e d i s t r i b u t i o n , both i n e l a s t i c
and e l a s t o - p l a s t i c stages, which i s of notable importance i n the
e a r l y design stage.
Furthermore, based on Vlasov's thinwalled

beam theory i n

a s s o c i a t i o n with the continuum approach, a more r e f i n e d t o r s i o n a l


a n a l y s i s f o r core wall structures subjected to applied torques was
developed.
replaced

After
by

the l i n t e l

continuous

beams of a core

medium

with

structure are

equivalent

stiffness

p r o p e r t i e s , the t o r s i o n a l analysis of a braced open s e c t i o n may be


considered to be the a n a l y s i s of an equivalent closed section with
modified wall thicknesses
beams.

f o r the portions

c o n s i s t i n g of l i n t e l

Having taken account of the shear s t r a i n s i n the middle

surface of the thin-walled s e c t i o n and the e f f e c t i v e s h i f t of the

339

shear center of the s e c t i o n , the analysis gives a generalized


sectorial

moment

of i n i t i a

and modified

S t . Venent

torsion

constant, so that an accurate estimation of the c o n t r i b u t i o n of


lintel

beams to t o r s i o n a l resistance of an open section can be

made, thereby providing a more r a t i o n a l assessment of t o r s i o n a l


s t i f f n e s s of core wall structures.
to

give accurate r e s u l t s

analyses.

The present analysis was found

i n comparison with some other

exact

On the other hand, the analysis enables the spreading

of p l a s t i f i c a t i o n of the connecting medium to be traced throughout


the e n t i r e loading process froworking to ultimate condition.
A s e r i e s of t e s t s on smallscale microconcrete models was
performed.

These models included two ninestorey coupled shear

wal Is and one coupled wal 1 1 inked to an independent wal 1.


third

model

shear

wall

simulates a three-dimensional
structure.

The test

regular

specimens were

The

symmetrical

subjected to

monotonicaJly increasing equivalent upper t r i a n g u l a r l y d i s t r i b u t e d


loading.
experimental

The objective
evidence

of the tests

was

t o provide the

not only f o r v e r i f y i n g

the t h e o r e t i c a l

r e s u l t s , but also f o r a r r i v i n g at a better understanding of the


r e a l i s t i c s t r u c t u r a l behaviour of reinforced concrete shear wall
structures.

Experimental r e s u l t s are i n agreement with those of

theoretical

analysis.

The

discrepancy

between

the r e s u l t s

obtained from experiment and theory was most l i k e l y caused by the


s i z e e f f e c t of the models and the influence of cracking of the
specimens.

In a d d i t i o n , the experimental

i n v e s t i g a t i o n showed

that the reduced-scale microconcrete models may be e f f e c t i v e l y


employed f o r the behaviour study of concrete structures.

340

8.2

RECOMMENDATION FOR FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS

The present work i s confined to the i n v e s t i g a t i o n of e l a s t i c


and e l a s t o - p l a s t i c behaviour of some types of shear wall and core
wall structures.

Therefore, i t i s worth while to pursue f u r t h e r

s t u d i e s along t h i s l i n e i n the f o l l o w i n g aspects:


(1) In the t r a d i t i o n continuum approach

i t i s assumed that

the points of contraf lexure of the laminae are at the


midspan p o s i t i o n .

This holds true f o r the moderately and

weakly coupled structures, or when the r a t i o of f l e x u r a l


s t i f f n e s s of the p i e r s to that of the coupling beams has
a value greater than 5
structure

with

However, f o r the shear wall

relatively

strong

coupling

system,

espec i a l l y f o r the st iffened coupled shear walIs, the


consideration

of

both

laminar

shear

and

distributed

moment along the cut at midspan p o s i t i o n should a r r i v e at


a better
8.1).

representation of s t r u c t u r a l

behaviour ( F i g .

As a r e s u l t , a more accurate and e f f e c t i v e method

of a n a l y s i s may be developed.
(2) There i s a need to investigate the s t r u c t u r a l behaviour
of three-dimensional s t i f f e n e d shear walls subjected to
l a t e r a l loads.
(3) There

is a

need

to

develop

an

effective

method

of

e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis f o r the coupled shear walls with


v a r i a b l e thickness or cross-sections along the height of
the s t r u c t u r e .

341

(4) An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the s t r u c t u r a l response of s t i f f e n e d


core

wall

structures

to

applied

torques

should

be

considered.
(5) The study of dynamic behaviour of e l a s t o - p l a s t i c coupled
shear walls might be considered.
(6) Additional e f f o r t s by experimental work should be made to
investigate the arrangement and d e t a i l s of reinforcement,
which w i l l be assure the optinuim strength, s t i f f n e s s and
d u c t i l i t y of shear wall structures.
In f a c t , further experimental research i s being conducted to
i n v e s t i g a t e the behaviour of s t i f f e n e d coupled shear walls i n the
Department of C i v i l and S t r u c t u r a l Engineering, University of Hong
Kong.

Tests on several reducedscale s t i f f e n e d coupled shear wall

models constructed by microconcrete have been completed recently


( F i g s . 8.2 8.3 and 8.4), and w i l l be correlated with the findings
i n t h i s t h e s i s f o r further publication*

342

m(x)

F i g . 8.1

Laminar shear and

343

d i s t r i b u t e d iacraent

(b)
Fig*

8,2

(a) T e s t on model o f c o u p l e d shear


with a top s t i f f e n i n g beam
(b) Crack p a t t e r n

344

walls

(b)

F i g . 8.3

(a) Test on model of moderately coupled shear walls


with an intermediate s t i f f e n i n g beam
(b) Crack pattern

345

8.4

Test on model of weakly coupled shear w a l l s


with an intermediate s t i f f e n i n g beam

346

REFERENCES

C h i t t y , L , and Wan, W. Y. , " T a l l b u i l d i n g structures under wing


load",

7th

Jnternationa Conference

f o r /4pphed

Mechanics,

London, Vol.1, Paper No.22, 1948, pp.254-268.


Beck, H. , "Contribution

to the

a n a l y s i s of coupled

sheare

w a l l s " , Journal of American Concrete I n s t i t u t e , Vol.59 August,


1962, pp.1055-1069.
Rosman, R. , "Approximate analysis of shear walls subjected to
l a t e r a l loads", JournaJ of American Concrete I n s t i t u t e , Vol.61,
June, 1964, pp.717-734.
C o u l l , A., and Choudhoury, J.R.,

"Stresses and d e f l e c t i o n s i n

coupled shear w a l l s " , JournaJ of American Concrete I n s t i t u t e ,


Vol.64, February,

1967

pp.65-72.

C o u l l , A. and Choudhoury, J.R.,


walls",

JburnaJ

of

"Analysis of coupled shear

erican Concrete

Jns"tute,

Vol.S4

September, 1967, pp.587-593.


C o u l l , A., and P u r i , R.D. , "Analysis of pierced shear w a l l s " ,
JournaJ

of Structura D i v i s i o n ,

American

Society

oi" C i v i l

Engineers, Vol.94, ST1 January, 1968, pp.71-82C o u l l , A., and P u r i , R.D. , "Analysis of coupled shear walls of
variable

thickness",

RiiJdJng

Science, U.K.,

Vol.2,

1967,

pp.181-188.
C o u l l , A., and P u r i , R.D. "Analysis of coupled shear walls of
v a r i a b l e cross-section", BuiJding Science, U.K.,
pp.313-320.

347

Vol.2

1968,

[9]

C o u l l , A., "Interaction

of coupled shear w a l l s with

elastic

foundations", Journal of American Concrete Jns";tue, Vol.68,


No. 6, June, 1971, pp.456-461.
[10]

Tso, W.K. , and Chan, P.C.K., " F l e x i b l e foundation e f f e c t on


coupled shear walls", JournaJ of American Concrete

Jns"tute,

Vol.69, No.9, September, 1972, pp. 678-683.


[11

C o u l l , A., " S t i f f e n i n g of linked shear w a l l s " , Proceedings of


I n s t i t u t i o n of Civi Engineers, U.K., Part 2, Vol.53, 1972,
pp.579-583.

[12]

Moudarres, F.R. , and C o u l l , A. " S t i f f e n i n g of linked


walls",

J o u r m J of ngjneer_ing

Society

of C i W J

Engineers,

Mechanics
Vol.112,

Division,

shear

American

No. 3 March, 1S86,

pp.223-237.
[13]

Coull,

A.

"Stiffening

of

coupled

foundation movement", he Structural

shear

walls

against

Engineer, U.K., Vol.52,

No.l, January, 1974, pp.23-26.


[14]

C o u l l , A., and Low, C.K. , "Analysis o f s t i f f e n e d


coupled

shear

walls",

Proceedings

o/

Institution

non-planar
of"

Civ"

Engineers, U.K., Part 2 Vol.67, December, 1979, pp.971-986.

[15

Coull

A. and Choo, B.S., " S t i f f e n i n g

coupled shear walls on e l a s t i c

of l a t e r a l l y

foundations",

loaded

BuiJding and

iront, U.K., Vol.19, No. 4, 1984, pp.251-256.


[16]

Chan, H.C. , and Kuang,S. "The e f f e c t of a s i n g l e deep beam


on twin shear walls with r a t i o n a l coupling", Proceedings of"
Jns"tution

of C i v i l Engineers, U.K., Part 2, Vol.85, Sept.,

1988, pp.503-515.

348

[17]

Winokur, A., and Gluck,

J. ,

"Ultimate strength a n a l y s i s o f

coupled shear w a l l s " , J b u r m J o f 4nierican Concrete

[18

Vol.65

No.12, December, 1968, pp.1029-1036.

Paulay,

T., "An e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

analysis

Jnstitiie,

of coupled

w a l l s " , JournaJ o f 4ffierican Concrete I n s t i t u t e ,

shear

Vol.67, No.11,

November, 1970, pp.915-922.


[19]

Paulay, T., Discussion of "Analysis of coupled shear walls" by


C o u l l , A. and Choudhury, J.R. JournaJ

o:f ilmerican

Concrete

I n s t i t u t e , Vol.65, No.3, March, 1968, pp.237-239.


[20]

Paulay,

T., "Coupling

beams

of r e i n f o r c e d

w a l l s " , Jourm o f S t r u c t u r a l

concrete

shear

D i v i s i o n , itoerican Society o f

C i v i J Engineers, Vol.97, No. ST3, March, 1971, pp.843-862.


[21]

Paulay, T. "Simulated
JournaJ

seismic loading of spandrel beams",

of" S t r u c t u r a l

Division,

American

S o c i e t y of C i v i J

Engineers, Vol.97 No. ST9, September, 1971, pp.2407-2413.


[22]

Paulay, T. , and Binney, J . R., "Diagonally r e i n f o r c e d coupling


beams of shear w a l l s " , Shear i n

fieinforced

Concrete, American

Concrete I n s t i t u t e P u b l i c a t i o n , SP-42, 1974, pp. 579-598[23

Paulay,

T., and Santhakumar, A.R., "Ductile

coupled shear

w a l l s " , JournaJ

o f StructuraJ

behaviour of

Division,

^SCE

Vol.102, ST1, January, 1976, pp.93-108.


[24]

Gluck, J . , " E l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis o f coupled shear


JourmJ

o f StructuraJ

Division,

walls",

4erican Society o f C i v i l

Engineers, Vol.88, ST8, August, 1373, pp.1743-1760.


[25]

Pekau 0.A., and Gocevski, V. "Behaviour of coupled non-linear


shear

w a l l s " , Canadian JournaJ

1978, pp.367-383.

349

of" C i i ^ U

Engineering, Vol.5,

[ 2 6 Pekau, O.A.,

and Gocevski, V. , " E l a s t o - p l a s t i c

coupled shear walls",

analysis of

Engineering Structures, Vol.3, A p r i l ,

1981, pp.87-95.
[27]

C o u l l , A., and Choo, B.S., "Simplified e l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis


of coupled shear w a l l s " , Proceedings of I n s t i t u t i o n of C i v "
Engineers, U.K., Part 2, Vol.73, June, 1982, pp.365-381.

[ 2 8 Chan,

H.C.,

and

Kuang,

J.S., " E l a s t o - p l a s t i c

analysis

of

coupled shear walls on f l e x u r a l foundations", Hie Structural


Engineer, U.K.,
[29

Coull,

Vol.64B

A. "Interactions

cantilevered
cross-wall

cores

No.l, March, 1986, p.18.


between coupled

shear

i n three-dimensional regular

walls

and

symmetrical

structures", Proceedings of I n s t i t u t i o n

of C i v i J

Engineers, U.K., Part 2, Vol.55, 1973, pp.827-840.


[30 Coull,

A., and Khachatoorian, H. , " D i s t r i b u t i o n

of

lateral

forces i n structures consisting of cores, coupled shear walls


and

rigidly

jointed

frames", Proceedings

o f I n s t i t u t i o n of

C i v " Engineers, U. K. Part 2, Vol.73, Dec., 1982, pp.731-745.


[ 3 1 Michael,

D.,

"Torsion

coupling

of

core

walls

b u i l d i n g s " , The S t r u c t u r a l Engineer, U. K. Vol.47,

in

tall

February,

1969, pp.67-71.
[32]

Rosman, R-, "Torsion of perforated concrete s h a f t s " , JournaJ o:f


Structurai

Division,

American

Society of C i v " Engineers,

Vol95, ST5, May, 1969, pp.991-1010.

[33

Tso W.K.

and Biswas, J.K. , "Analysis of core wall structures

subjected to applied torque", Bu"g Science, Vol.8, 1S73,


pp.251-257.

350

[34]

Vlasov, V.Z., "Thin Walled E l a s t i c Baems", published f o r the


National Science Foundation, Washington, D.C., I s r a e l Program
f o r S c i e n t i f i c Translations, Jerusalem, I s r a e l , 1961.

[ 3 5 Rutenberg, A., and Tso, W. K. , "Torsional a n a l y s i s of perforated


core

structures",

JourmJ

o;f StructuraJ!

Division,

j4merican

Society of Civij! Engineers, Vol.101, ST3, 1975, pp-539-550.


[36]

Khan, M.A.H. , and Stafford Smith, B. , "Restraining action of


bracing i n t h i n walled open beams", Proceedings of" I n s t i t u t i o n
of CM_Z Engineers, U.K., Part 2 Vol.59, Mar., 1975, pp.67-78.

[37]

Chan,

H.C.,

thinwalled

and
open

Kuang

J-S.,

sections",

behaviour

of

Journal

of

International

rhin-l/aJ Jed Structures, Vol.6, No. 4,


[38]

"Torsional

1988

pp. 343-354.

Kanchi M.B. ,

and Dar, G.Q.,

cores of t a l l

b u i l d i n g s " , BuJJei:in of the Indian Society of

"Torsion of rectangular

arthgualce rechnoJogy, Vol.10, No. 3,


[39 Coull,

A.,

"Torsion

of

1973

structural

shear

pp. 100-112.

cores

on

deformable

foundation", BuiJding Science, U.K., Vol.10, 1975, pp.57-64.


[40]

Coull,

A., and Tawfik, S.Y., "Analysis

of core

structures

subjected to t o r s i o n " , BuiJding and fnvjronfflent, U.K., Vol.16


No.3, 1981, pp.221-228.
[ 4 1 C o u l l , A., and Tawfik, S.Y"

" E l a s t o - p l a s t i c analysis of core

structures subjected to t o r s i o n " , Proceedings of I n s t i t u t i o n of


C i v i J Engineers, U.K., Part 2,

Vol.71

[ 4 2 Taranath, B.S., "Optimum belt


structures",

Hie S t r u c t u r a l

truss

location

Engineer,

August, 1975, pp.345-347.

Sept., 1S81, pp.789-804.

351

U.K.,

f o r high-rise
Vol.53,

No.8,

[43]

McNabb, W. and Muvdi, B.B., " D r i f t reduction f a c t o r s f o r


belt

h i g h - r i s e s t r u c t u r e s " , Engineering

JournaJ

of

4eran

I n s t i t u t e of SteeJ Construction, Vol.12, No.3, 1975, pp.88-91.


[44]

Stafford-Smith,

B. ,

outrigger-braced
Structural

and

tall

Division,

Salim,

building
Anerican

I . , "Parameter
structures",

Society

study

JournaJ

of
of

of C i v " Engineers,

Vol.107, ST10, October, 1981, pp. 2001-2014.


[45]

Rutenberg,
building

A.,

"Earthquake

analysis

s t r u c t u r e s " , Engineering

of

belted

Structures,

high-rise

Vol.1,

No.3,

J u l y , 1979, pp.191-196.
[46]

Rutenberg, A., and T a l , D. , "Lateral load response of belted


t a l l b u i l d i n g structures', ng_ineerjng Structures, Vol.9, N o . l ,
January, 1987, pp.53-67.

[47]

Chan, H.C., and


to

Kuang

appear i n A p r i l ,

J.S., "Stiffened Coupled Shear Walls",

1989, JournaJ

American Society of C i v i J
[48]

Chan,

H.C.,

and

Kuang,

of Engineering

Mechanics,

Engineers.
J.S., " E l a s t i c

Design

Charts

of

S t i f f e n e d Coupled Shear Walls", to appear i n February, 1989,


Journal of S t r u c t u r a l fngineeririg, i4mer_ican Society o f C i v i J
Engineers,
[49

Michael, D-, "The e f f e c t l o c a l wall deformations on the e l a s t i c


i n t e r a c t i o n of cross walls coupled by beams", T a "

BuiJdings

(Edited by CouJJ, 4., and S t a f f o r d Szn"h, . ) ' Pergamon Press,


Oxford, A p r i l , 1966, pp.253-270.
[50]

Leonards, G. A. ( E d i t o r ) , "Foundation Engineering", McGraw-Hill


Book Company, New York, 1962.

352

[51]

Beedle, L.S. ( E d i t o r ) , "Structural Design o f T a l l Concrete and


Masonry B u i l d i n g " ,

Vol.CB

Monograph on the Pjanning and Design

of TaJJ BuiJdings' Council on T a l l Buildings & Urban Habitat,


U.S.A.,
[ 5 2 Nayar,

1978

938p..

K.K., and C o u l l , A., "An e l a s t o - p l a s t i c

analysis of

coupled shear walls", JburnaJ oi" Structural D i v i s i o n , rican


Society of CiWEngineers, Vol.102, No. ST9, September, 1976,
pp.1845-1860.
[53]

Park, R. and Paulay, T. , "Concrete Structures", Chapter 5,


Design

of

arthquaice

Resistant

Structures

(d"ed

t>y

JRosenbJueth, . ) , Pentech Press, London, 1980, pp.142-194.


[54]

Park., R. and Dai, R., " D u c t i l i t y of doubly r e i n f o r c e d concrete


beam

sections",

Structural

JournaJ

o f American

Concrete

J n s i : " u t e , Vol.85, No.2, March-April, 1988, pp.217-225.


[55]

Park, R. and Paulay, T., "Reinforced Concrete Structures", John


Wiley and Sons, New York, 1975, 769p..

[5S]

BS 8110: 1985, "Structural Use of C o n c r e t e P a r t 1: Code of


Practice

f o r Design

and Construction",

British

Standards

I n s t i t u t i o n , 1985.
[57]

Kong,

F.K. and Evans,

R.H., "Reinforced and Prestressed

Concrete", rhirci E d i t i o n , Van Nostrand Reinhold, London, 1987


508p.
[58]

Tso, W.K. , "Shear walls coupled by cross w a l l " , JournaJ o f


S t r u c t u r a l Engineering, rican Society o/ C i v " ng_ineers'

Vol.109

No.8, August,

1983

pp.2010-2016.

[ 5 9 Kollbrunner, C.F., and Basler K. , "Torsion i n Structures".


Springer-Verlag, B e r l i n , 1969, 280p..

353

[ 6 0 G J e l s v i k , A., "The Theory of Thin-Walled Bars", John Wiley &


Sons, New York, 1981 248p.
[61]

Rosman,

R.

Shear-Walls

"Tables

f o r the

Internal

Forces

of

Pierced

Subjected to Lateral Loads", Verlag Von Wilhelm

Ernst & Sohn, B e r l i n , 1966, 93p..


[ 6 2 Chinese Academy of Building Research, "Design of T a l l - B u i l d i n g
Structures" ( i n Chinese), Science Press, Beij'ing, 1982, 532p..
[63]

Weaver, W. , and Nelson, M. F. "Three dimensional analysis of


tier

buildings",

Society

of

JournaJ

CiviJ

of Structural

Engineers,

Division,

Vol.92,

ST6,

ilmerican

June,

1966,

Stomato, M. C., and S t a f f o r d Smith, B., "An approximate

method

pp.385-404.
[64]

for

the

three-dimensional

Proceedings of J n s m u " o n

analysis
of C i v i J

of

tall

buildings",

Engineers, U.K.,

Vol.43,

J u l y , 1969, pp.361-379.
[65

Gluck, J . , "Lateral

load analysis of asymmetric

multistorey

s t r u c t u r e s " , JournaJ of StructuraJ D i v i s i o n , American Society


of C i v i J Engineers,

Vol.96

ST2, February, 1970, pp.317-333.

[ 5 6 Rosman, R. , " S t a t i c s of nonsymmetric shear wall structures",


Proceedings of J n s m u t i o n of C i v i J Engineers, U.K., Supplement
Paper 73935, 1971, pp.211-244.
[67]

Gluck, J . , and G e l l e r t , M. , "Three dimensional l a t e r a l

load

analysis

the

of

multistorey

structures",

Publication

of

International Association of Bridge and S t r u c t u r a l Engineering,


Vol.32-I, 1972, pp.77-90.

354

[68]

Tso, W. K., and Biswas, K. , "General a n a l y s i s o f non-planar


coupled shear w a l l s " , JournaJ of S t r u c t u r a l Z)ivision, rican
Society

of C i v i J

Engineers,

Vol. 99,

ST3, March, 1973,

pp.365-380.
[69]

Biswas, J.K., and Tso, W. K. ,

"Three-dimensional analysis of

shear wall buildings to l a t e r a l load", JournaJ o f Structural


D i v i s i o n , American Society o f C i v i J

Engineers, Vol.100, ST5,

May, 1974, pp.1019-1036.


[70

Liang, Q.Z., "A gerneralized

continuum

method f o r s t r u c t u r a l

a n a l y s i s of t a l l buildings to l a t e r a l load", Proceedings of 3rd


Jnterm"onaJ

Conference

Guangzhou, December,
[71

on T a " BuiJdJngs, Hong Kong and

1984

pp.685-690.

Chan, H.C., and Cheung, Y.K., "Analysis of shear walls


higher

order

finite

elements",

BuiJding

and

using

Environment,

U.K., Vol.14, No.3, 1979 pp.217-224.


[72]

Chan, H.C., and Cheung, Y.K. , "Lateral and t o r s i o n a l analysis


of

spatisil

Structural

wall

systems using

Engineer,

higher order elements", 7\he

U.K., Vol.58B,

No.3, September, 1980,

pp.67-70.
[73]

S t a f f o r d Smith, B. , and C o u l l , A., " E l a s t i c analysis of t a l l


concrete

buildings",

The Wanning

and Design

of

ra_U

BuiJdings, Vol.III-21, American Society of C i v i l Engineers, New


York, 1973, pp.9-23.
[74]

Heidebrecht,

A.C., and Stafford

Smith,

B. ,

"Approximate

a n a l y s i s of t a l l wall-frame structures", Journal o f Structural


Divisjion, erican Society

of C i W J Engineers, Vol .99 ST2,

February, 1973, pp.l99-221.

355

[75 Mortelmans F. , De Roeck, G. , and Van Gement,


method

for lateral

JournaJ

load

of Structural

of high-rise

"Approximate

buildings",

D i v i s i o n , rican Society

ST8

Engineers, Vol.107,
[76]

analysis

D.

of C i v "

August, 1981, pp.1589-1610.

Balendra, T. , "A s i m p l i f i e d model f o r l a t e r a l load analysis of


asymmetrical b u i l d i n g s " , Engineering Structures,

Vol.5, J u l y ,

1983, pp.154-162.
[77]

Stafford

Smith,

"Genereilized

Kuster, M. ,

method

structures",
Society

B. ,

and Hoenderkamp, C-D.,

f o r estimating

JournaJ

of CiviJ

the d r i f t

of Structural

Engineers,

i n high-rise

Engineering,

Vol.110,

vteerican

ST7 J u l y , 1984,

pp.1459-1562.
[78 Hoenderkamp,
rotation

J.C.D.,

analysis

and S t a f f o r d

Smith,

f o r plansymmetric

B.,

high-rise

"Approximate
structures",

Proceedings o f J n s t i t u t i o n o f C i W J Engineers, U.K., Part 2


Vol.83, December, 1987, pp.755-767.
[79]

S t a f f o r d Smith, B. , and Abergel D.P., "Approximate analysis of


h i g h r i s e structures comprising coupled walls and shear w a l l s " ,
Bui W i n g anci nWronment, U.K., V o l . 18 No. 1/2 1983, pp.91-96.

80 C o u l l ,

A., and Irwin, A. W. , "Torsional a n a l y s i s of multi-storey

shear wall
Torsion,

structures",
American

i4m_Zysis o f S t r u c t u r a l

Concrete

Institute

Syste

Publication

for

SP-35,

D e t r o i t , 1973, pp.211-238.
[81

Taranath, B.S., and S t a f f o r d Smith, B. "Torsion analysis o f


shear core s t r u c t u r e s " ,
Torsion,

American

mJysis o f S t r u c t u r a l

Concrete

Institute

D e t r o i t , 1973, pp.239-264.

356

System / o r

Publication

SP-35'

[ 8 2 M a l l i c k , D.V., and Dungar, R., "Dynamic c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of core


wall

structures

subjected

to

torsion

and

bending",

77ie

S t r u c t u r a l Engineers, U.K., Vol.55, No.6, 1977, pp.251-261.


[83]

Gluck

J . , and Krauss,

M. ,

"Stress a n a l y s i s

of group of

interconnected thin-Walled c a n t i l e v e r s " , JournaJ of S t r u c t u r a l


O i W s i o n , American Society of C i v " Engineers, Vol.99, ST10,
October,

1973

pp.2143-3165.

[ 8 4 S t a f f o r d Smith, B. and Taranath, B.S., "The analysis of t a l l


core-supported structures subjected to t o r s i o n " , Proceedings of
i"nsmu"on

of

CiviJ

Engineers,

U.K.,

Part

2,

Vol.53,

September, 1972, pp.173-188.


[85]

Liauw, T.C., and Leung, K. W. , "Torsion a n a l y s i s of core wall


structures by t r a n s f e r matrix method", 7"he S t r u c t u r a l Engineer,
U.K., Vol.53, No.4, 1975, pp.187-194.

[86 Heidebrecht,
analysis

A.C.,

and

Stafford

of open section

shear

Smith,

walls

B.

"Approximate

subject to t o r s i o n a l

loading", Jburria of StructruaJ D i v i s i o n , e r i c a n Society o/


Civi_2 Engineers, Vol.99, ST12, December, 1973, pp. 2355-2373.
[ 8 7 Rutenberg, A. , "Analysis of tube structures using plane frame
programs", Proceedings of Wationaj!/i?egionaJ Conference on ra_ZJ

BuiJcfings

Asian I n s t i t u t e

of Technology, Bangkok,

January,

1974, pp.397-413.
[88]

MacLeod, I.A" and Honsny, H.M.,


cores", JournaJ

"Frame a n a l y s i s of shear wall

of S t r u c t u r a l D i v i s i o n , erican Society of

C i v i l Engineers, Vol.103' ST10, October, 1S77, pp.2037-2047.

357

[89]

Rutenberg, A. "The computer i n the service o f the s t r u c t u r a l


engineer: Applications of plane frame programs to the analysis
of t a l l b u i l d i n g s " , B u i l d i n g Research S t a t i o n , Technion, Isreal
I n s t i t u t e of Technology,

[90

1978.

S t a f f o r d Smith, B. and Abate, A,, "Analysis of non-planar shear


wal 1

assemblies

Jnsmution

by

analogous

frame",

o f C i v " Engineers, U.K.,

Proceedingds oi*

Part 2, Vol.71,

1981,

pp.395-406.
[91]

Goodno B.J. , and Gere, M. "Analysis o f shear core using


super

elements",

Society

Journal

of Structural

Division,

American

o f Civi Engineers, Vol.102 ST1, January, 1976,

pp.267-283.
[92]

Danay A. ,

"A general element

f o r analysis

of asymmetric

m u l t i s t o r y buildings with varying cross s e c t i o n " , Bui2ding and


EnWronU.K., Vol.11, No.l, 1976 pp.57-67.
[93]

Rutenberg,
structures:

A. ,

and Eisenberger,

planar

formulation",

M. ,

"Torsion

Computer

of tube

and Structures,

Vol.17, 1983, pp.257-260.


[94]

Irwin A.W. and Andraw, T-, "Torsional performance of coupled


channels
Civii

i ntall

ngineers>

buildings",

Proceeciings o f J n s t i t u t i o n o/

U- K. Part

2, Vol.61,

December, 197S,

pp.773-783.
[95

Schwaighofer, and Ho
core

W.N., " E l a s t o - p l a s t i c a n a l y s i s of a

subjected t o t o r s i o n " ,

Subjected to Wind

i^e i nf orced

and arthguake

Concre t e

Forces, American

St rue t ures
Concrete

I n s t i t u t e P u b l i c a t i o n , SP-63 D e t r o i t , 1980, pp.497-513'

358

[96

Paulay, T.

'The

Coupling o f Shear

Walls", Ph.D.

Thesis,

Department of C i v i l Engineering, U n i v e r s i t y of Canterbury, New


Zealand, 1969.
[97]

Mirza, M.S.,

"Study of behaviour of coupled shearwall systems ',

Reinforced Concrete Structures Subjected to l/ind and arthquaJce


Forces, American Concrete I n s t i t u t e P u b l i c a t i o n SP-63, D e t r o i t ,
1980, pp.301-329.
[98

C o u l l , A. and I r w i n A.W. "Model i n v e s t i g a t i o n s of shear wall


s t r u c t u r e s " , Jburna_Z of S t r u c t u r a l D i v i s i o n , American

Society

of C i W J Engineers, Vol.98, ST6, June, 1972 pp. 1223-1237.


[99]

Irwin, A.W. and Ord A. ,

"Cyclic

load t e s t s on shear wall

coupling beams", P r o c e e d i n g of I n s t i t u t i o n of C i v i l Engineers,


U.K.,

Part 2 Vol.61, June, 1976 pp.331-342.

[100 Lybas J.M. "Concrete


J"ournaJ

o f StructuraJ

coupled

walls:

Division,

Earthquake

Zmericsn

Society

tests",
of CiviJ

Engineers, Vol.107 ST5 May, 1981 pp.835-855.


[101 Long,

A., "A review

of recent

mode 11 ings' i^inforceci anti

developments

Prestressed

(Edited by Garas, Fand rmer,

i n concrete

Microconcrete Models

G.), Construction Press,

Lancaster, 1980 pp.1-15.

[102

M u l l e r , R"Microconcrete f o r s t r u c t u r a l
Design of Concrete Structures

772g (7se

model a n a l y s i s " ,

o f ModeJ naiysis

f d " e d by CJ!ark, JGaras, Fand 4rr, G


.
Elsevier
Applied Science Publishers, London, 1985, pp.
[103 American Concrete I n s t i t u t e , "Models f o r Concrete Structures",
ACI P u b l i c a t i o n

SP-24

D e t r o i t , 1970, 495p.

359

[104Garas, F.K., and Armer, G. (Ed.), "Reinforced and Prestressed


Microconcrete

Models", Construction

Press,

Lancaster,

1980,

387p..
[105

N e v i l l e , A.M., "Properties of Concrete", Second E d i t i o n , Pitman


Press, London, 1973, 686p..

[106]

BS 410: 1986, " S p e c i f i c a t i o n of Test Sieves", B r i t i s h Standards


I n s t i t u t i o n , 1986.

[107

Sabnis G.M.,
concretes",
Society

and

Mirza,

JournaJ

of

CiviJ

of

M.S.,

"Size

the StructuraJ

Engineers,

Vol.105,

effects
1livision,
ST6,

i n model
American

June,

1979,

pp.1007-1020.
[108

Waldron,

P., and Perry,

S.H. ,

c o n t r o l specimens", Reinforced

scale

microconcrete

and Prestressed

Microconcrete

MocieJs (Edited by Garas, F. K.,

"Small

and 4rffier, G.), Construction

Press, Lancaster, 1980, pp.261-276.


[109

BS

1881:

1970,

"Testing

Concrete",

British

Standards

I n s t i t u t i o n , 1970.
[110]

Sabnis,

G.M. , H a r r i s ,

H. G. , White, R.N. and Mirza,

"Structural Modelling and Experimental

M.S.,

Techniques", Prentice-

H a l l , New Jes!, 1983, 585p.


[111]

MacLeod,

"Connected

shear

walls

of unequal

width",

JournaJ o f Anerican Concrete J n s m u t e , May, 1970, pp.408-412.

360

APPENDIX

FULL EXPRESSION OF STRUCTURAL COEFFICIENTS k TO k

1
=

EHJFT -

2=

[(K 5

t a n h

K [ ( k
5

^3FT"

A N H K

- gsJrf

t a n h

( 1 - 1 )

(1-2)

+V

k3 = - (k"anh Kg tanh K)/N

(13)

=(k7t3nh Kgs)/

(1-4)

kc = "([2(cosh Kg - S Ksinh Kg )/(Kcosh K) + (1 - 2/K )sinh K g


5 L
s m
s
s
(1 tanh K tanh Kg ) - [(sinh Kg - S Kcosh Kg )
s

/N

- cosh K- SJfCsinh Kgs)tanh K](l - 2/K + Kesh K " |" ;


(1-5)
kz = 2/K' -1
6
k = S (1 -

(I-6)
2

- 2/K )(l - tanh K tanh Kg )/N,

(I-7)

where
N = 1 - tanh K tanh Kg
1
s
N = ( 1 - tanh K tanh K

s cosh Kgs - [(sinh Kgs - Sm Kcosh Kg


s

-(cosh Kg - S K5inh Kg )tanh K]tanh Kg

361

APPENDIX II

FULL EXPRESSION OF INTEGRATION CONSTANTS C TO C AND

FUNCTIONS F AND F 2
II-1

Expression of Integration Constants

c ,

C_ =

coshAz

to C9

(II-1)

EI
w

(II-2)

mL
C

3 =

(II3)

C = C z - C z V 2 + C + C coshAz + C^sinhAz + ~ ~ ^

(II-4)

C = C z + C AsinhXz + CcoshAz.

(II-5)

52

62

62

<:

EI*

EI

(II-6)

C = A (C coshz + C , i n h X z J

EI

(II-7)

C = C + C z + C / 2 - CcoshAz - CsinhAz,
7

C = C tanhAL +

< i v

m
~ ;

'

EI

(II-8)

X4EI

362


_^
C9

coshz coshz

sinhA(z,-2:,) q A A, A

coshXL

E I ^ t ^ M Z s - Z j )coshze ]
(II-S)

= sinhz^ tanhL coshAz

= coshXz, tanh;L sinhz

A = (2z; -

+ 3z;L + z"/A

= ( Z - Z;)/2

= ( z 2 - z/;i

A, = (z* z/

=m(z? -2HzJ/2 + 2q A z J / ^ c o s h A z )

= mz2-4L)z;/24 + (2L-z2)z2/2A -quAz;/3

= m[(4L-zz;/24 + (2L-z ) z / 2 ] -

363

z:/3

=m[(3L--z,)z:/6 + (H-z,)/2_ q A z

L c = m(z:/2-Lz,+l/+ 2q A z
5

II-2

Functions of

And F ^ z ^ z ^

Fz,Z2)

for* Determining the

Interface between Elastic and Plastic Regions

z +z

fEI

I 2A

coshz coshAz
1

fEI
2A

1 1

2 .

1-(1 - coshzJ z
1

sinhAz_
o 2 1

(f ,e,ftanhAz,

(11-10)

(1111)

2 3

wh6rs
:2(z

f_1 = sM;z -


sinhA(:z z*)
2

A coshAL
1 2

364

You might also like